Reasonacephysicsdpp
Reasonacephysicsdpp
INFORM ATI O
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
DPP Syllabus :
Kinematics, Newton's laws of motion, Work, Power, Energy
Time : 60 minute
DPP No. # 1
8. (B) 9. (A) (C) 10. (B)(D) 11. (A) (B) (C) (D) 12. (A) (B) (D)
13. (B)(D) 14. (B)(D) 15. (B)(C)(D) 16. 2 17. 2 18. 3 19. 1
20. 4 21. (A)(B)(C) 22. (B) 23. (A) 24. (C) 25. (A)
1. A particle of mass 'M' is moved under constant power P0. At some instant after the start, its speed is v
and at a later instant, the speed is 2v. Neglecting friction, distance travelled by the particle as its speed
increases from v to 2v is :
'M' nzO;eku dk ,d d.k P0 fu;r 'kfDr ds vUrxZr xfr dj jgk gSA çkjEHk gksus ds dqN le; i'pkr~ bldh pky
v gS rFkk blds dqN le; i'pkr~ pky 2v gSA ?k"kZ.k dks ux.; ekfu,A d.k }kjk r; dh xbZ nwjh D;k gksxh tc
bldh pky v ls 2v rd c<+rh gS &
12Mv 3 7Mv 3 9 Mv 3 Mv 3
(A) (B*) (C) (D)
5P0 3P0 5 P0 3P0
Sol. P0 = Fv
dv
Mv v P0
dx
2v x
7Mv 3
M v 2 dv P0 dx
x
3P0
v 0
2. A projectile is aimed at a mark on a horizontal plane through the point of projection and falls 6m short
when its elevation is 30° but overshoot the mark by 9m when its elevation is 45°. The angle of elevation
of projectile to hit the target on the horizontal plane
13 3 1 3 3
(A) sin 1 2 (B) cos 1 2
5 2
5 2
1 1 3 3 1 1 1 3 3
(C) cos 1 2 (D*) sin 2
2 5 2
2 5 2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
3. On a cart of mass 3 m, two blocks A and B, each of mass m are placed as shown. Upper surface of the
cart is smooth, but the vertical surface is rough having friction coefficient = 0.5. The cart is pulled with
a constant force F. What should be the value of F so that neither static, nor kinetic friction acts on block
A.
3 m nzO;eku dh xkM+h ij] nks CykWd A rFkk B, çR;sd dk nzO;eku m gS] dks fp=kkuqlkj j[kk x;k gSA xkM+h dh Åijh
lrg fpduh ¼smooth½ fdUrq Å/oZ lrg [kqjnjh ¼rough½ gS ftldk ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad = 0.5 gSA xkM+h dks fu;r cy F
ls [khapk tkrk gSA F dk eku D;k gks] ftlls CYkkWd A ij u rks LFkSfrd ?k"kZ.k vkSj u gh xfrd ?k"kZ.k cy yxsA
fpduk
[kqjnjk
fpduk
5
(A*) 5 mg (B) mg (C) 7 mg (D) 10 mg
2
Sol. For no friction ?k"kZ.k u gksus ds fy,
on block A, CykWd A ij
ma m
m
a
mg
Smooth
ma = mg
a=g
F = (5m) (a) = (5m) (g)
1
4. A worker wishes to pile a pyramid of sand with equilateral triangular base of side 3m. If is the
3
co-efficient of static friction between each layer of sand along the slope of the sand, then maximum
height of the pyramid will be (neglect any complexities at the corners) :
,d etnwj jsr ds <sj ls 3m Hkqtk okys leckgq f=kHkqtkdkj vk/kkj dh vkd`fÙk ds fijkfeM dk fuekZ.k djrk gSA ;fn
1
jsr ds <sj ds <ky ds vuqfn'k jsr dh izR;sd ijrksa ds e/; LFkSfrd ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad gSA rc fijkfeM dh
3
vf/kdre Å¡pkbZ D;k gksxh& ¼dksuksa ij fdlh Hkh rjg dh tfVyrk dks ux.; ekusaA½
1 1
(A) 3m (B*) m (C) m (D) 2 3 m
2 3
Sol. Let the base be as shown
ekuk vk/kkj fp=kkuqlkj gSA
A
3m 3
o OD m
2
B D C
If H = maximum height
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-2
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
;fn H = vf/kdre~ ÅWpkbZ
P
O D
3
m
2
for stability, tan
LFkkf;Ro ds fy,, tan
H 1 1
H m
3/2 3 2
2
5. A chain of mass per unit length and length 1.5m rests on a fixed smooth sphere of radius R = m
such that A end of chain is at the top of sphere while the other end is hanging freely. Chain is held
stationary by a horizontal thread PA. The tension in the thread is
1 2 2 2
(A*) g (B) g (C) g (D) None of these
2 2
6. Mass m shown in figure is in equilibrium. If it is displaced further by x and released find its acceleration
just after it is released. Take pulleys to be light & smooth and strings light.
fp=k esa fn[kk, vuqlkj nzO;eku m lkE;koLFkk esa gSA vxj bls x nwjh rd vksj [khapk tkrk gS vkSj fQj NksM+ fn;k
tkrk gS rks NksM+us ds Bhd ckn bldk Roj.k D;k gksxk \ f?kjuh rFkk jLlh gYds gS vkSj f?kjuh fpduh gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.
Spring (1)
Spring (2)
Initially the block is at rest under action of force 2T upward and mg downwards. When the block is
pulled downwards by x, the spring (1) extends by x1 and spring (2) extends by x2.
izkjEHk esa CykWd ruko cy 2T ds izHkko esa lkE;koLFkk esa gS tc bls uhps dh rjQ x nqjh [khaprs gS rc fLizax (1) esa
x1 rFkk fLiazx (2) esa x2 foLrkj gksrk gSA
Kx1 = 2kx2
x1 = 2x2 ..........(1)
x2
x = x1 + ..........(2)
2
2x
x2 =
5
4kx
acceleration of the block is =
5m
4kx
CykWd dk Roj.k =
5m
7. The maximum angle to the horizontal at which a stone can be thrown so that it always moves away
from the stationery thrower will be :
{kSfrt ls vf/kdre fdl dks.k ij ,d iRFkj dks Qsad ldrs gSa rkfd ;g ges'kk Qsadus okys ls nwj xfr djs %
2 2 2 1 2
(A) sin–1 (B*) sin–1 (C) sin–1 (D) sin–1
3 3 3
3
Sol. If stone always moves away from thrower then
;fn iRFkj Qsdus okys ls nwj xfr djrk gS rks
d |r |
>0
dt
1
r ucos t ˆi u(sin ) t gt 2 ˆj
2
v ucos ˆi (usin gt) ˆj
3 g2 3
r.v u2t – ug (sin)t2 + t >0
2 2
g2 2 3
t – ug (sin) t + u2 > 0
2 2
8 2 2
sin2 < < sin–1
9 3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
8. In the figure, the man is moving on the track and rain appeared to him as shown by arrows. Find the
actual speed of the rain in meter per second.
10
(A) 10 3 (B*) (C) 5 3 (D) None of these
3
Multiple Choice
9. Consider the condition shown in the figure. Pulley is massless and frictionless, springs are massless.
Both the blocks are released with the springs in their natural lengths. Choose the correct options.
fp=k esa n'kkZ;h xbZ fLFkfr ekusaA f?kjuh nzO;ekughu o ?k"kZ.kghu gS ,oa fLiazx nzO;ekughu gSA fLizxa ls tqM+s nksuksa CykWdksa
dks ,d lkFk NksM+k tkrk gS tc fLiazx mldh izkÑfrd yEckbZ esa gSA lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A
4m1m2g
(A*) Maximum elongation in the spring S1 is
K1(m1 m 2 )
4m1m2g
(B) Maximum elongation in the spring S1 is
K 2 (m1 m 2 )
4m1m2g
(B) fLiazx S1 esa vf/kdre izlkj gSA
K 2 (m1 m 2 )
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. Above situation can be represented as
mijksDr fLFkfr dks fuEu izdkj iznf’'kZr dj ldrs gSA
m1g Keq m2g
m1 m2
m m2 4m1m1g
vdv = 2g k eq 1 dx xmax =
m1m 2 K eq (m1 m2 )
10. Consider three fixed surfaces shown in the figure. Three blocks each of mass m are released from rest
from top of the three surfaces. All blocks reach ground with same speed. Length of path travelled by the
blocks is same for second and third surface. If coefficient of friction of three surfaces are 1, 2 and 3
respectively then
ekfu;s fd rhu fLFkj (fixed) lrg fp=kkuqlkj gSA izR;sd lrg ls m nzO;eku ds CykWd fp=k esa n'kkZ;s vuqlkj 'kh"kZ ls
fojkekoLFkk ls NksM+s tkrs gSA lHkh CykWd lrg ij leku pky ls igqWprs gSA f}rh; vksj r`rh; lrg ds fy, CykWd
}kjk r; fd;s x;s iFk dh yEckbZ leku gSA ;fn rhuksa lrgksa ds ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad Øe'k% 1, 2 rFkk 3 gS rc
2
11. In the figure shown, there is no friction between B and ground and = between A and B.
3
2
iznf'kZr fp=k esa B rFkk tehu ds e/; dksbZ ?k"kZ.k ugha gS rFkk A rFkk B ds e/; ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad = gS rks
3
A M
B 2M F = Mg
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
(A*) The net work done on block A with respect to B is zero
CykWd B ds lkis{k A ij fd;k x;k dqy dk;Z 'kwU; gSA
MgS
(B*) The net work done on block A with respect to ground for a displacement ‘S’ is
3
MgS
tehu ds lkis{k CykWd A ij fd;k x;k dqy dk;Z foLFkkiu 'S' ds nkSjku gSA
3
2MgS
(C*) The net work done on block B with respect to ground for a displacement ‘S’ is
3
2MgS
tehu ds lkis{k CykWd B ij fd;k x;k dqy dk;Z foLFkkiu 'S' ds nkSjku gSA
3
(D*) The work done by friction with respect to ground on A and B is equal and opposite in sign.
tehu ds lkis{k CykWd A rFkk B ij ?k"kZ.k cy }kjk fd;k x;k dk;Z cjkcj rFkk foijhr fpUg dk gSA
Sol. (A, B, C, D)
For the situation A and B move together and force of friction between A and B is i.e. . Since A and B move
together.
M
2M F Mg
Mg
Net force acting on A = .
3
Mg 2Mg
Net force on B = Mg
3 3
Since displacement is same.
Sol. (A, B, C, D)
F Mg
A rFkk B ds lkFk pyus dh fLFkfr esa move together and force of friction between A and B is i.e. .
3 3
Since A and B move together.
M
2M F Mg
Mg
Net force acting on A = .
3
Mg 2Mg
Net force on B = Mg
3 3
Since displacement is same.
12. A block of mass 1 kg is placed on a rough wedge which is fixed on an elevator going upward with
acceleration 2 ms–2. The block is at rest with respect to the wedge. Select the correct alternative (take g
= 10 m/s–2)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
(A*) Normal reaction force on the block is 6 3 N
13. In the arrangement shown, W 1 = 200 N, W 2 = 100 N and = 0.25 for all surfaces in contact. The block
W 1 just slide under the block W 2
A
45
W2
P
W1
A
45
W2
P
W1
100
(1) f 12 = N12
T
f 12 = (0.25) 100
2
(2) f 12 = T cos 45º
T
f 12 =
2
from (1) and (2)
(1) rFkk (2) ls
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-8
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
5
f12 = 25 f 12 = 20 and rFkk T = 20 2
4
N12
f12
P W1
f1
N1
200
For W 1 ds fy,, P = f1 + f 12
P = N1 + 20
P = (0.25) (280) + (20) = 90
14. Two blocks A and B of equal mass m are connected through a massless string and arranged as shown
in figure. The wedge is fixed on horizontal surface. Friction is absent everywhere. When the system is
released from rest.
leku nzO;eku m ds nks CykWd A rFkk B ,d nzO;ekughu Mksjh ls tqM+s gq, gSa rFkk fn[kk;s fp=kkuqlkj O;ofLFkr gSA
ost {kSfrt lrg ij tM+or~ gSA ?k"kZ.k gj txg vuqifLFkr gSA tc fudk; dks fojke ls NksM+k tkrk gS –
mg mg
(A) tension in string is Mksjh esa ruko gSA
2 2
mg mg
(B*) tension in string is Mksjh esa ruko gSA
4 4
g g
(C) acceleration of A is A dk Roj.k gSA
2 2
3 3
(D*) acceleration of A is g A dk Roj.k g gSA
4 4
Sol. Let a be acceleration of system and T be tension in, the string.
F.B.D of block A
mg sin 30° + T = ma
A a
T
mg
sin
3 0°
mg
+ T = ma ..... (i)
2
F.B.D of block B
mg – T = ma ..... (ii)
Adding equation (i) & (ii); we get
T
B a
mg
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
3mg 3
2ma = a= g
2 4
from equation (i);
mg
T=
4
gy : ekuk fudk; dk Roj.k a gS rFkk Mksjh esa ruko T gSA
CykWd A dk eqDr oLrq fp=k
A a
T
mg
s in
30
°
mg sin 30° + T = ma
mg
+ T = ma ..... (i)
2
CykWd B dk eqDr oLrq fp=k
mg – T = ma ..... (ii)
lehdj.k (i) o (ii); dks tksM+us ij] ge çkIr djrs gS
3mg 3
2ma = a= g
2 4
lehdj.k (i) ;
mg
T=
4
15. In given arrangement, 10 kg and 20 kg blocks are kept at rest on two fixed inclined planes. All strings
and pulleys are ideal. value(s) of m for which system remain in equilibrium are: (g = 10 m/s2)
fn;s x;s foU;kl es,a 10 kg rFkk 20 kg æO;eku ds CYkkWd nks tM+or~ urry ij fojkeoLFkk esa gSA lHkh Mksjh;k¡ o
f?kjfu;ka vkn'kZ gSA m ds eku D;k gksxs ftuds fy, fudk; lkE;koLFkk esa jgrk gSA (g = 10 m/s2)
For the equilibrium of 10kg block tension in string should be between 20 N to 100 N, while for the
equilibrium of 20 kg range of tension is 40 N to 200 N, so for the equilibrium of system, tension in the
string must be between 40 N to 100 N and mass of block must be between 8 kg to 20 kg.
10 kg ds CykWd dh fLFkjkoLFkk ds fy, Mksjh esa ruko 20 N ls 100 N gksuk pkfg,A tcfd 20 kg ds CykWd dh
fLFkjkoLFkk ds fy, Mskjh esa ruko 40 N ls 200 N gksuk pkfg,A vr% fudk; dh fojkekoLFkk ds fy, ruko 40 N ls
100 N ds chp gksxk rFkk nzO;eku 8 kg ls 20 kg ds e/; gks ldrk gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Integer
16. A particle of mass m = 1 kg is lying at rest on x-axis, experiences a net force given by law
F = x (3x – 2) Newton, where x is the x-coordinate of the particle in meters. The magnitude of minimum
velocity in negative x-direction to be imparted to the particle placed at x = 4 meters such that it reaches
P P
the origin is m/s. Find the value of .
27 1300
m = 1 kg nzO;eku dk d.k x-v{k ij fojkekoLFkk esa j[kk gqvk gSA ;g d.k fu;e F = x (3x – 2) U;wVu }kjk dqy
cy vuqHko djrk gSA tgk¡ x, d.k dk x-funsZ'kkad ehVj esa gSaA x = 4 ij j[ks gq;s d.k dks ewy fcUnq ij igq¡pkus ds
P P
fy, _.kkRed x-fn'kk esa fn;s x;s U;wure osx dk ifjek.k m/s gSA dk eku Kkr djksA
27 1300
Ans. 2
2
Sol. The particle is at equilibrium at x = 0 and x = .
3
2
The minimum speed imparted to the particle should be such that it just reaches x = from there on it
3
shall automatically reach x = 0
2/3 2/3
1 1300 2600
mv2 = – F dx = x(3x 2)dx = or v= m/s
2 27 27
4 4
2
x = 0 rFkk x = ij d.k lkE;oLFkk esa gksxk .
3
2
x = 0 ij d.k LFkkbZ lkE;oLFkk esa gksxk rFkk x = ij vLFkkbZ lkE;oLFkk esa gksxkA
3
2
vr% d.k dks bruh U;wure pky nh tk;s fd ;g x = ij igqap tk;s rFkk blds i'pkr~ Lor% x = 0 ij igqap tk;s
3
2/3 2/3
1 1300 2600
mv2 = –
2
4
F dx = x(3x 2)dx =
4
27
or v=
27
m/s
17. A 20kg block attached to a spring of spring constant 5 N/m is released from rest at A. The spring at this
instant is having an elongation of 1m. The block is allowed to move is smooth horizontal slot with the
help of a constant force 50N in the rope as shown. The velocity of the block (in m/s) as it reaches B is :
5 N/m fLizax fu;rkad dh ,d fLizxa ls tqMk gqvk ,d 20 kg dk CykWd fLFkfr A ls fojkekoLFkk ls NksMk tkrk gSA
bl {k.k ij fLizax esa foLrkj 1m gSA CykWd Mksjh esa 50N ds fu;r cy ds }kjk ?k"kZ.k jfgr {kSfrt lrg ij xfr djus
ds fy, Lora=k gSA tc ;g CykWd fcUnq B ij igq¡prk gS rc bldk osx (m/s esa) gksxkA
50N
3m
4m
A B
Ans. 2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. Considering the rope and block as a system
Mks j h rFkk CykW d dks fudk; ekurs gq ,
Using work-energy theorem
dk;Z ÅtkZ iz e s a ; ls
W F + W sp = K.E.
2
1 52 1
Wsp K K
2 2 2
W F =(Force)x(Displacement of point of application)
W F =(cy )x(fØ;k fcUnq dk foLFkkiu )
mv 2 5 52 5 12
50 2
2 2 2
V = 2 m/s
18. A man in a boat wishes to cross a 400 m wide river flowing at the rate of 2 m/s. Speed of boat in still
water is 4 m/s. The person starts to row the boat perpendicular to the river flow from one bank of the
river. When he reaches the middle of the river, he starts to row the boat at an angle with the direction
perpendicular to river flow so as to reach the point directly opposite to the starting point on the opposite
4
bank. The value of tan is . Find value of n.
n
Ukko esa cSBk gqvk O;fDr 400 m pkSM+h rFkk 2 m/s dh nj ls izokfgr unh dks ikj djuk pkgrk gSA fLFkj ikuh esa uko
dh pky 4 m/s gSA O;fDr uko dks ,d fdukjs ls unh izokg ds yEcor~ pykuk izkjEHk djrk gSA tc og unh ds e/;
esa igqaprk gS] rc og unh izokg ds yEcor~ fn'kk ls dks.k ij uko dks pykuk izkjEHk djrk gSS vkSj izkjfEHkd fdukjs
4
ds Bhd lkeus okys fcUnq ij unh ds nwljs fdukjs ij igqaprk gSA ;fn tan dk eku gks rks n dk eku Kkr djks&
n
Ans. 3
Sol. To reach point R from Q, the boat should be aimed at point R as seen from ground
Q ls R fcUnq rd igqapus ds fy, tehu ds lkis{k fp=kkuqlkj uko dks R dh rjQ funsZf'kr djuk iM+rk gSA
Vr cos Vbr sin
2 1
2 4 sin or sin
5 5
R
200m Vb
S Vbr
Vr
Q
200m Vbr
P
1
tan
2
1
Also tan
2
tan tan 4
tan
1 tan tan 3
N=3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
19. A wire is bent in a parabolic shape followed by equation x = 4y2. Consider origin as vertex of parabola.
A wire parallel to y axis moves with constant speed 4 m/s along x-axis in the plane of bent wire. Then
the acceleration of point of contact of straight wire and parabolic wire is m/s2 (when straight wire has x
coordinate = 4 m). Find the value of 4.
,d rkj dks ijoy;kdkj vkd`fr esa eksM+k tkrk gS ftldh lehdj.k x = 4y2 gSA ekuk ijoy; dk 'kh"kZ ewy fcUnq ij
gSA y v{k ds lekUrj ,d rkj x v{k ds vuqfn'k eqMs+ gq, rkj ds ry esa fu;r pky 4 m/s ls xfr'khy gS rks
ijoy;kdkj rkj rFkk lh/ks rkj ds lEiadZ fcUnq dk Roj.k m/s2 gS] rc 4 dk eku Kkr djksaA(tc lh/ks rkj dk x
funsZ'kkad = 4 m gS) :
Ans. 1
Sol. x = 4 y2
dx dy
= 8y
dt dt
Vx =8y Vy
Vx = 4
ax = 0
0 = ax = 8[y.ay + V2y]
–y ay = V2y
v 2y
|ay| =
y
v 2x 16
|ay| = 3
=
64 y 64 y 3
1
at y = 1 |ay| =
4
1
y = 1 ij |ay| =
4
20. A box of mass 20 kg is kept on a rough horizontal surface ( = 0.1). There is a spring mass system
having block of mass 20 kg and spring of spring constant 100 N/m in the box. There is no friction
between block and box and spring is initially relaxed. Now an external force of 120 N is applied on the
box, find acceleration of the box (in m/s2) just after applying the force.
20 kg nzO;eku dk ckWDl [kqjnjh {kSfrt lrg ( = 0.1) ij j[kk gSA ;gk¡ ij 20 kg nzO;eku dk fLçax nzO;eku
fudk; (K = 100 N/m) ckWDl esa fLFkr gSA CykWd rFkk ckWDl ds e/; dksbZ ?k"kZ.k ugha gSA fLçax çkjEHk esa lkekU;
yEckbZ esa gSA vc ckWDl ij 120 N dk cká cy vkjksfir djrs gSA ckWDl dk Roj.k (m/s2 esa) cy yxkus ds rqjUr
i'pkr~ Kkr djksA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Ans. 4
Sol. Initialy block will not move çkjEHk esa CykWd xfr ugha djsxkA
Tension in spring fLçax esa ruko = 0
Ff 120 0.1 40 10
a= = = 4 m/s2
20 20
Comprehension–1
A block B of mass M = 20 kg is placed on a horizontal surface and it is tied with an inextensible string to
a block A of mass m = 10 kg. Another block C of mass m0 = 20 kg is placed on block B and the system
is released from rest as shown in figure. (string is ideal and all the contacts are smooth) (g = 10 m/s2)
M = 20 kg nzO;eku dk ,d CykWd B {kSfrt lrg ij j[kk gqvk gS rFkk ;g vforkU; jLlh }kjk fp=kkuqlkj m = 10
kg ds CykWd A ls cU/kk gqvk gSA m0 = 20 kg nzO;eku dk vU; CykWd C CykWd B ij j[kk gqvk gS rFkk fudk; dks
fp=kkuqlkj fojkekoLFkk ls NksM+k tkrk gSA (Mksjh vkn'kZ rFkk lHkh lEidZ fpdus gS) (g = 10 m/s2)
m0 C
M B
m A
22. If a friction force exist between block B and the horizontal surface with the coefficient of friction , and
minimum value of for which the block A remains stationary is min
;fn CykWd B o {kSfrt lrg ds e/; ?k"kZ.k cy fo|eku gS rFkk {kSfrt lrg dk ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad gS, rFkk dk U;wure
eku min gS ftlds fy, CykWd A fLFkj voLFkk esa jgrk gS
(A)min = 0.5
(B*)min = 0.25
m (m0 M)
(C) If < min, then the downward acceleration of A is g
mm M
0
m M
(D) If < min, then the downward acceleration of A is g:
m m M
0
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
(A)min = 0.5
(B*) min = 0.25
m (m0 M)
(C) ;fn < min gS] rc A dk uhps dh vksj Roj.k g gSA
mm M
0
m M
(D) ;fn < min gS] rc A dk uhps dh vksj Roj.k g gSA
m m0 M
Sol. (13. to 14)
No friction between M and m0
M o m0 ds e/; dksbZ ?k"kZ.k ugha gS
Acceleration of m0 is zero
m0 dk Roj.k 'kwU; gS
(M + m0) g = mg
m
=
M m0
mg (M m0 )g
a=
Mm
m (M m0 )
= g
Mm
Comprehension–2
Figure shows top view of a horizontal surface. Two blocks each of mass m are placed on the surface
and connected with a string. The friction coefficient is for each block. A horizontal force F is applied
on one of the block as shown in the figure. F is maximum so that there is no sliding at any contact.
,d {kSfrt lrg dk Åij ls n`'; fp=k esa iznf'kZr gSA leku nzO;eku m ds nks CykWd bl lrg ij fLFkr gS rFkk
vkil esa ,d jLlh ls cU/ksa gq, gSA izR;sd CykWd ds fy, ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad gSA fp=kkuqlkj ,d CykWd ij ,d {kSfrt cy
F vkjksfir fd;k tkrk gSA F vf/kdre gS ftlds dkj.k fdlh Hkh lEidZ ij fQlyu ugha gSA
m
Top view
F
23. If < 45° then the maximum magnitude of F
;fn < 45° gks rks F dk vf/kdre ifjek.k D;k gksxk \
(A*) mg sec (B) mg (C) mg cosec (D) mg tan
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-15
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.
f T
F
T cos = f sin but T mg
T cos = mg sin
F = T sin + f cos
sin
= mg sin + mg cos
cos
cos( )
= mg
cos
For Fmax = < 45° Fmax = mg sec
Fmax ds fy,] = < 45° Fmax = mg sec
But tension in the string can not be more than mg
jLlh esa ruko mg ls T;knk ugha gks ldrkA
mg sin
T= < mg should be less than 45°
cos
mg sin
T= < mg ] 45° de gksuk pkfg,A
cos
Now if (vc ;fn) > 45° T = mg = 90° –
F = mg sin + mg cos = 2mg sin
If (;fn) < 45° then (rks) Fmax =
If (;fn) > 45° then (rks) Fmax = 2mg sin
25. Initially both blocks are at rest on a horizontal surface and string is just tight. At t = 0, two constant
horizontal forces F1 and F2 start acting on blocks as shown. f1 and f2 are friction forces acting on 10 kg
and 20 kg block (co–efficient of friction between blocks and ground are 0.5). Values of F1 and F2 are
given in column–I. Then match magnitudes of f 1, f 2 and direction of f1 with corresponding values of F1
and F2 given in column–I [g = 10 m/s2].
çkjEHk esa nksauks CykWd {kSfrt lrg ij fojkekoLFkk esa gS rFkk Mksjh gYdh lh ruh gqbZ gSA t = 0 ij nks vpj {kSfrt cy
F1 o F2 n'kkZ;s vuqlkj CykWdksa ij dk;Zjr gSA 10 kg o 20 kg CykWd ij dk;Zjr ?k"kZ.k cy f1 o f2 gSA (CykWdksa o
lrg ds e/; ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad 0.5 gS) dkWye–I esa F1 o F2 ds eku fn;s x;s gSA rc dkWye–I esa fn;s x;s F1 o F2 ds ekuksa
ls lEcfU/kr f1 o f2 ds ifjek.k o f1 dh fn'kk dk feyku dhft,A [g = 10 m/s2]
Column–I Column–II
(P) F2 = 120 N, F1 = 40 N (1) f 2 = 100 N , f 1 = 20 N
(Q) F2 = 160 N, F1 = 40 N (2) f 2 = 20 N , f 1 = 50 N
(R) F2 = 60 N, F1 = 90 N (3) f 2 = 70 N , f 1 = 50 N
(S) F2 = 20 N, F1 = 90 N (4) f 2 = 80 N , f 1 = 50 N
dkWye–I dkWye–II
(P) F2 = 120 N, F1 = 40 N (1) f 2 = 100 N , f 1 = 20 N
(Q) F2 = 160 N, F1 = 40 N (2) f 2 = 20 N , f 1 = 50 N
(R) F2 = 60 N, F1 = 90 N (3) f 2 = 70 N , f 1 = 50 N
(S) F2 = 20 N, F1 = 90 N (4) f 2 = 80 N , f 1 = 50 N
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-16
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Codes :
P Q R S
(A*) 1 1 2 2
(B) 1 1 3 4
(C) 2 3 4 1
(D) 2 1 4 3
Sol. F1 F2 < |f 1|max + |f 2|max
So, both blocks not move in any case.
vr% nksauks CykWd fdlh Hkh fLFkfr esa xfr ugha djsaxs
|f 1|max = 50 N ; |f 2|max = 100 N
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-17
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
PHY SI CS
INFORM ATI O
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
Time : 60 minute
1. A uniform disc of mass m is attached to a spring of spring constant k as shown in figure and there is sufficient
friction to prevent slipping of disc. Time period of small oscillations of disc is:
m nzO;eku dh le:i pdrh k cy fu;rkad dh fLçax ds lkFk fp=kkuqlkj tqM+h gqbZ gSA ?k"kZ.k pdrh ds fQlyu dks jksdus
ds fy, i;kZIr gSA pdrh ds vYi nksyuksa dk vkorZdky gksxk :
m 2m 3m 2m
(A) 2 (B*) 2 (C) (D)
k 3k 2k 3k
Sol. Let centre of disc is displaced by x from its equilibrium position(spring was in its natural length). Now calculate
the torque about lowest point of disc.
ekuk pdrh dk dsUæ mldh lkE;koLFkk dh fLFkfr ls x foLFkkfir gksrk gS (fLizax mldh izkd`frd yEckbZ esa Fkh) A vc pdrh
ds fuEure fcUnq ds lkis{k cyk?kw.kZ dh x.kuk dhft;sA
3 3x 3 2 a
k . R. = mR
2 2 2 R
3kx
=a
2m
2m
So, vr% T = 2
3k
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2. Find the thickness of the cubical object using the defective vernier calliper main scale has mm marks and 10
divisions of vernier scale coincide with 9 divisions of main scale.
0mm 10 20 30 0mm 10 20 30
3. Three point masses are attached by light inextensible strings of various lengths to a point O on the ceiling.
All of the masses swing round in horizontal circles of various radii with the same angular frequency (one
such circle is drawn in the shown figure.) Then pick up the correct statement.
rhu fcUnq nzO;eku fHkUu&fHkUu yEckb;ksa dh gYdh vforkU; Mksfj;ksa ls Nr ds ,d fcUnq O ls tqM+s gq,s gSaA lHkh nzO;eku
fHkUUk&fHkUu f=kT;kvksa ds {kSfrt o`rksa esa leku dks.kh; vko`fÙk ls xfr djrsa gSa (,slk o`Ùk fp=kkuqlkj fn[kk;k x;k gS) rks
lgh dFku NkafV;s&
(A) The vertical depth of each mass below point of suspension from ceiling is different.
(B) The radius of horizontal circular path of each mass is same.
(C*) All masses revolve in the same horizontal plane.
(D) All the particles must have same mass.
(A) izR;sd nzO;eku dh ¼Nr ls½ fcUnq O ds uhps Å/okZ/kj nwjh fHkUu gSA
(B) izR;sd nzO;eku ds {kSfrt o`Ùkkdkj iFk dh f=kT;k leku gSA
(C*) lHkh nzO;eku ,d gh {kSfrt ry ij ifjØe.k djrs gSaA
(D) lHkh d.kksa dk nzO;eku leku gh gksxkA
Sol.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-2
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
cos is the vertical distance of bob below O point of suspension. Hence if of all three pendulums are
same, they shall revolve in same horizontal plane.
Alternate :
If we remember that time period T of conical pendulum is
T = 2 L where L is the vertical depth of bob below point of suspension. If T is same for three pendulums
g
even L shall be also same. Hence all three particles shall revolve in same horizontal plane.
gy%
4. A particle is executing simple harmonic motion in a conservative force field. The total energy of simple
harmonic motion is given by E = ax2 + bv2 where ‘x’ is the displacement from mean position x = 0 and v is
the velocity of the particle at x then choose the INCORRECT statements.{Potential energy at mean position
is assumed to be zero}
,d d.k fdlh laj{kh cy {kS=k ds izHkko esa ljy vkoZr xfr djrk gSA ljy vkorZ xfr djrs gq, d.k dh dqy ÅtkZ
E = ax2 + bv2 }kjk nh tkrh gS] tgk¡ ‘x’ ek/; fLFkfr x = 0 ls foLFkkiu rFkk v ] x ij d.k dk osx gSA rc vlR; dFkuksa
dk p;u dhft,A ¼ek/; fLFkfr ij fLFkfrt ÅtkZ 'kwU; ekfu;s½
E
(A) amplitude of S.H.M is
a
E
(B) Maximum velocity of the particle during S.H.M is
b
b
(C) Time peried of motion is 2
a
(D*) displacement of the particle is proportional to the velocity of the particle.
E E
(A) S.H.M dk vk;e gSA (B) S.H.M ds nkSjku d.k dk vf/kdre osx gSA
a b
b
(C) xfr dk vkorZdky 2 gSA (D*) d.k dk foLFkkiu d.k ds osx ds lekuqikrh gksrk gSA
a
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. amplitude is obtained for v = 0
v = 0 ds fy, vk;ke gksxkA
E
A=
a
Maximum velocity is obtained for x = 0
x = 0 ds fy, vf/kdre osx
E
Vmax =
b
Vmax = A
E
a
= b
E b
a
2 b
T= 2
a
Alternative
1 1 2
E = mv2 + kx
2 2
m k
b= ,a=
2 2
k a
= =
m b
1 2 E
E= mv max Vmax =
2 b
1 2
E = kA
2
E
A=
a
5. A block of mass m and length is kept at rest on a rough horizontal ground of friction coefficient k. A man
of mass m is standing at the right end. Now the man starts walking towards left and reaches the left end
within time ‘t’. During this time, the displacement of the block is : (Assume the pressing force between the
block and the ground remains constant and its value is same as it was initially. Also assume that the block
slides during the entire time (t)) :
nzO;eku m rFkk yEckbZ dk ,d CykWd [kqjnjs {kSfrt i`"B] ftldk ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad k gS] ij fLFkj j[kk gSA nzO;eku m dk ,d
O;fDr blds nka;s fljs ij [kM+k gSA vc ;g O;fDr cka;h vksj pyuk 'kq: djrk gS rFkk ‘t’ le; esa cka;s fljs ij igq¡p tkrk
gSA bl le; ds nkSjku] CykWd dk foLFkkiu gS : (CykWd rFkk Hkwfe ds e/; ncko cy fu;r ekfu, rFkk bldk eku çkjfEHkd
eku ds rqY; gSA ;g Hkh ekfu, iwjs le; (t) esa CykWd fQlyrk gS) :
[kqjnjk
k gt 2
k gt 2 2
k gt
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. (Fnet)ext = k(2m)g = (mtotal)acm
acm = kg
1
Scm = 0 + (kg)t2
2
m1S1 m1S2
Scm =
m1 m2
1 (m)(x) (m)(x )
- (kg)t2 =
2 m m
( k g)t 2
x=
2
6. A thin rod of mass m2 and length is leaning on a block with a mass m1 at angle with the horizontal (see
figure). What is maximum distance S from A upto which a person of mass M at point A can go on the rod
keeping block in equilibrium. It is given that rod is fixed at point A on ground. The coefficient of friction between
block and ground is .
m2 nzO;eku ,oa yEckbZ dh ,d iryh NM+ m1 nzO;eku ds ,d CykWd ij fp=kkuqlkj {kSfrt ls dks.k cukrs gq, frjNh
fLFkfr esa gSA CykWd dks lkE;oLFkk esa j[krs gq,] A fcUnq ls fdruh vf/kdre nwjh S rd M nzO;eku dk ,d O;fDr tk ldrk
gSA ;g fn;k x;k gS fd NM+ fcUnq A ij /kjkry ij tMor~ gS /kjkry o CykWd ds e/; ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad gSA
B
s
A
m1
(A) S – m 2 cos
sin – cos M cos
m1 m cos
(B) S – 2
sin cos 2 M cos
m1 m cos
(C*) S – 2
sin – cos 2 M cos
m1
(D) S – m 2 tan
sin cos M cos
Sol. For rotational equilibrium of rod about A
A ds lkis{k NM+ ds ?kw.kZu lkE;oLFkk ds fy,
Mg cos S + m2g cos = N1
2
For Translational equilibrium of block
CykWd ds lkE;oLFkk ds fy,
N2
N1sin
N1cos
m1g
N2 = m1g + N1 cos
N1 sin = N2.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
m1 m cos
Solving above equation we get S – 2 .
sin – cos 2 M cos
m1 m cos
mijksDr lehdj.k dks gy djus ij ge izkIr djrs gS] S – 2 .
sin – cos 2 M cos
7. All sides of an equilateral triangle are diameter of three identical uniform semicircular rings each of mass m.
Plane of each ring is perpendicular to the plane of paper. Then moment of inertia of this system of three
semicircular rings about an axis through centroid of triangle and perpendicular to plane of paper is :
leckgq f=kHkqt dh lHkh Hkqtk, m nzO;eku ds rhu ,d leku v)Zo`rkdkj oy;ks dk O;kl gSA izR;sd oy; dk ry dkxt
ds ry ds yEcor gSA rhuks v)Zo`rkdkj oy;ks ds bl fudk; dk f=kHkqt ds dsUnzd ls xqtjus okyh rFkk dkxt ds ry ds
yEcor v{k ds lkis{k tM+Ro vk/kw.kZ gksxk A
Sol.
2
a 5ma2
= cm + m =
2 3 24
2
a
m
2 ma2
cm = =
2 8
5ma2
= 3 = .
8
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
gy %
2
a 5ma2
= cm + m =
2 3 24
2
a
m
2 ma2
cm = =
2 8
5ma2
= 3 = .
8
8. A uniform thin hemispherical shell is kept at rest and in equilibrium on an inclined plane of angle of
inclination = 30º as shown in figure. If the surface of the inclined plane is sufficiently rough to prevent sliding
then the angle made by the plane of hemisphere with inclined plane is :
[M.Bank_Rotation_2.61]
,d le:i iryk v/kZxksykdkj dks'k = 30º ds ur ry ij lkE;oLFkk esa j[kk gqvk gSA ;fn ur ry dh lrg fQlyu
jksdus ds fy, i;kZIr [kqjnjh gS] rc v/kZxksykdkj dks'k }kjk ur ry ls cuk;k gqvk dks.k Kkr dhft,A
Sol.
R
O is the centre of mass of the hollow hemisphere and is from C.
2
R
[kks[kys v)Zxksys dk nzO;eku dsUnz O gS vkSj ;g C ls nwjh ij gSA
2
f = mg sin .... (1)
N = mg cos .... (2)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
R R
N× sin = R 2 cos f ......(3)
2
sin
tan = = 60º
2 cos
9. A massless stick of length L is hinged at one end and a mass m attached to its other end. The stick is free to
rotate in vertical plane about a fixed horizontal axis passing through frictionless hinge. The stick is held in a
horizontal position. At what distance x from the hinge should a second mass M = m be attached to the stick,
so that stick falls as fast as possible when released from rest.
,d nzO;ekughu NM+ ftldh yEckbZ L gS] bldks ,d fljs ls fdydhr fd;k x;k gS o ,d nzO;eku m dks nwljs fljs ls
tksM+ fn;k x;k gSA ;g NM+ Å/okZ/kj ry esa ,d {kSfrt fLFkj v{k (tks fd ?k"kZ.kghu dhydhr fcUnq ls xqtjrh gS) ds ifjr%
?kw.kZu ds fy, LorU=k gSA NM+ dks izkjEHk esas {kSfrt voLFkk esa j[kk x;k gSA fdydhr fcUnq (Hinge) ls fdruh nwjh x ij
nwljk nzO;eku M = m dks NM+ ls tksM+k tkuk pkfg;s rkfd NM+ dks fojke ls eqDr djus ij ;g ftruk lEHko rsth ls fxj
lds] fxjuh pkfg;sA
Sol.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-8
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
One or more than one choice correct type Questions
10. In the arrangement shown in the figure, initially the block of mass m1 is in limiting equilibrium. The coefficient
of friction between the block of mass m 1 and floor is . Now the particle of mass m 2 is given a horizontal
velocity v0. The initial distance of the block of mass m2 from the pulley is . The masses of pulley and threads
are negligible. Choose the correct option(s)
fp=k esa iznf'kZr O;oLFkk esa m1 nzO;eku dk CykWd izkjEHk esa lhekUr lkE;koLFkk esa gSA m1 nzO;eku ds CykWd rFkk Q'kZ ds
e/; ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad gSA vc m2 nzO;eku ds d.k dks {kSfrt osx v0 fn;k tkrk gSA m2 nzO;eku ds CykWd dh f?kjuh ls
izkjfEHkd nwjh gSA f?kjuh rFkk Mksjh dk nzO;eku ux.; gSA lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A
m1
m2 v0
v 20
(A*) Acceleration of m 1 just after the velocity given is
1
v 20
(B) Acceleration of m1 just after the velocity given is
1 2
(C*) Radius of curvature of path of m2 just after the velocity given is 1
(D) Radius of curvature of path of m2 just after the velocity given is 2 1
v 20
(A*) osx nsus ds Bhd i'pkr~ m1 dk Roj.k gksxkA
1
v 20
(B) osx nsus ds Bhd i'pkr~ m1 dk Roj.k gksxkA
1 2
(C*) osx nsus ds Bhd i'pkr~ m2 ds iFk dh oØrk f=kT;k 1 gksxhA
(D) osx nsus ds Bhd i'pkr~ m2 ds iFk dh oØrk f=kT;k 2 1 gksxhA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.
a
m1 P
m1g =m2g
m2
m1 m2
v0
a
Lets observe the motion of m2 from am observer fixed at P (point on string)
ekuk Mksjh ij fLFkr fcUnq P ij fLFkj izs{kd ls m2 dh xfr izsf{kr djrs gS
T
m2 a
m2 v20
m2 g
m2 v 02
T + m 2a – m 2g = .................(1)
for m1
T – m1g = m1a ....................(2)
m2 v 02
from (1) and rFkk (2) ls m1a + m1g – m2a – m2g =
v 20
m2 v 02
a=
m1 m2 1
ROC of m2
m1 v 20
T – m2g = m1g + – m2g
1
m 1 v 02 v2
= m2 0
1 R
m2
R= 1 1
m1
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
11. A small ball of mass m is attached at one end of a thread. The thread is held taut and horizontal, and the ball
is released from this position.
/kkxs ds ,d fljs ls m nzO;eku dh ,d NksVh xsan tqM+h gSA /kkxs dks [khap dj {kSfrt voLFkk esa j[kk tkrk gS rFkk vc bl
voLFkk ls xsan dks NksM+k tkrk gSA
R m
(A*) Angle between thread and vertical when the tension in thread is equal to weight in magnitude is cos–
1
(1/3).
tc /kkxs esa ruko] ifjek.k esa Hkkj ds cjkcj gS] rc /kkxs }kjk m/okZ/kj ls cuk;k x;k dks.k cos–1(1/3) gSA
(B*) Angle between the thread and vertical when the net acceleration becomes horizontal for mass m is tan–
1
( 2)
tc nzO;eku m dk dqy Roj.k {kSfrt fn'kk esa gS rc /kkxs }kjk m/okZ/kj ls cuk;k x;k dks.k tan–1( 2 ) gSA
2gR
(C*) speed of ball when tension in thread is equal to weight of ball is
3
2gR
tc /kkxs esa ruko xsan ds Hkkj cjkcj gS rc xsan dh pky gSA
3
2gR
(D) speed of ball when net acceleration of ball is horizontal is
3
2gR
tc xsan dk dqy Roj.k {kSfrt gS rc xsan dh pky gSa
3
1 2
Sol. By work energy theorem dk;Z ÅtkZ izes; }kjk : MgR cos = Mv
2
T = mg
Mg
v= 2gRcos
Mv2
Radial force equation f=kT;h; cy lehdj.k }kjk : T = Mg cos +
R
2
v /R = 2gcos
90° –
g sin
M
T = Mg cos + 2gR cos
R
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
1
Mg = 3Mg cos cos =
3
For acceleration to be horizontal
Roj.k ds {kSfrt gksus ij
2g cos
tan = 2 cot
g sin
= tan–1 2
12. A toy cart of mass M is kept on a horizontal frictionless table. The top surface of the cart is as shown in figure
below. A small block of mass m is at A. Initially the system is at rest block of mass m is released from A and it
slides on the cart without friction. AD = H and horizontal portion BC = L, then choose the correct options.
m A
H
M
B
C D
2gH (M m )
(A*) Maximum velocity of cart with respect to block is
M
2gH (M m )
(B) Maximum velocity of cart with respect to block is
m
M
(C*) Time taken by the block to travel from B to C is L
(M m )2gH
m
(D) Time taken by the block to travel from B to C is L
(M m )2gH
M nzO;eku dh ,d f[kyksuk xkM+h {kSfrt ?k"kZ.kghu Vscy ij j[kh gqbZ gSA xkM+h dh Åijh lrg uhps fp=k esa n'kkZ;s vuqlkj
gSA m nzO;eku dk ,d NksVk CykWd A ij gSA izkjEHk esa fudk; fojkekoLFkk esa gS ,oa m nzO;eku ds CykWd dks A ls NksM+k
tkrk gS rFkk ;g xkM+h ij fcuk ?k"kZ.k ds fQlyrk gSA AD = H rFkk {kSfrt Hkkx BC = L gS] rc lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk
p;u dhft,A
m A
H
M
B
C D
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2gH (M m )
(A*) CykWd ds lkis{k xkM+h dk vf/kdre osx gSA
M
2gH (M m )
(B) CykWd ds lkis{k xkM+h dk vf/kdre osx gSA
m
M
(C*) B ls C tkus esa CykWd }kjk fy;k x;k le; L gSA
(M m )2gH
m
(D) B ls C tkus esa CykWd }kjk fy;k x;k le; L gSA
(M m )2gH
Ans. (A) and rFkk (C)
Sol.
B
v m
C V
mv = MV …(i)
1 2 1
mv MV2 mgH …(ii)
2 2
Solving gy djus ij
2 gHM 2 gH m 2
v &V .
Mm Mm M
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
13. A solid hemisphere is placed on a rough horizontal surface. Two small blocks each of mass m are placed on
the hemisphere as shown in figure. Blocks remain in equilibrium. If ( > ) then select correct statements.
m
m A
B
O
(A) Contact force on A is greater then contact force on B.
(B) The force of friction on hemisphere from ground is towards left.
(C*) The torque on hemisphere due normal from ground about O is mgR (sin – sin)
(D) The torque on hemisphere due normal from ground about O is zero.
,d Bksl v)Zxksyk {kSfrt [kqjnjh lrg ij j[kk gqvk gSA leku nzO;eku m ds nks NksVs CykWd fp=k esa n'kkZ;suqlkj v)Zxksys
ij j[ksa gq, gSA CykWd fojkekoLFkk esa jgrs gSA ;fn ( > ) gS] rc lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A
m
m A
B
O
(A) A ij lEidZ cy B ij lEidZ cy ls T;knk gSA
(B) /kjkry ds dkj.k v)Zxksys ij ?k"kZ.k cy ck;ha vksj gSA
(C*) /kjkry }kjk vkjksfir vfHkyEc cy ds dkj.k O ds lkis{k v)Zxksys ij cy vk?kw.kZ mgR (sin – sin) gSA
(D) /kjkry }kjk vkjksfir vfHkyEc cy ds dkj.k O ds lkis{k v)Zxksys ij cy vk?kw.kZ 'kwU; gSA
Sol. (A) Contact force on each block is vertically upward
izR;sd CykWd ij lEidZ cy Å/okZ/kj Åij dh vksj gSA
(B) force of friction on hemisphere from ground is zero
/kjkry ls v)Zxksys ij ?k"kZ.k cy 'kwU; gSA
(C) & (D)
B
mg
mg
O
Net torque about O = 0
O ds lkis{k dqy cy vk?kw.kZ = 0
mg R sin + N – mgR sin
N = mgR (sin – sin)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
14. A uniform rod of mass m and length L (performing pure translational motion) is falling with speed v 0 just
3
before hitting a smooth ground as shown in the figure. If collision is inelastic e and = 60° then
4
m æO;eku rFkk L yEckbZ dh ,d leku NM+ ¼'kq) LFkkukUrjh; xfr djrh gqbZ½ fpdus /kjkry ij Vdjkus ds 'kh?kz iwoZ v0
3
pky ls fxj jgh gS ¼fp=kkuqlkj½ ;fn VDdj vizR;kLFk gks e 4 vkSj = 60° gks rks
CM
v0
3
(A) Speed of centre of mass will become v0 just after collision
4
(B*) Centre of mass will come to instantaneous rest just after collision.
(C*) 25% kinetic energy will be lost during the collision.
3v0
(D*) Angular speed of rod just after collision will be
L
3
(A) VDdj ds 'kh?kz i'pkr~ æO;eku dsUæ dh pky v0 gks tk;sxhA
4
(B*) æO;eku dsUæ VDdj ds 'kh?kz i'pkr~ rkR{kf.kd fojke voLFkk esa vk tk;sxkA
(C*) VDdj ds nkSjku 25% xfrt ÅtkZ dh gkfu gksxh
3v0
(D*) NM+ dh dks.kh; pky] VDdj ds 'kh?kz i'pkr~ gksxhA
L
Sol.
N
CM
v0
v
CM
L
v A / CM
2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-15
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Ndt = mv – m(–v0) …(i)
L mL2
Ncos60°dt = …(ii)
2 12
L
v cos60
3 2
e= …(iii)
4 v0
After solving (i), (ii) and (iii)
(i), (ii) o (iii) dks gy djus ij
3v0
get v = 0 and =
L
1 1 3
So final kinetic energy vr% vafre xfrt ÅtkZ= mv 2 2 = mv20
2 2 8
Subjective type Questions
15. In a coal mine, the produced coal is fed to a hopper, which discharges it into railway wagons at a constant
rate of b kgs–1. An empty wagon having mass m 0 approaches the hopper while travelling at speed v 0 on a
smooth track. Length of the car is L. As soon as the right end of the car is below the hopper, it begins to
discharge. Find the mass and speed of the wagon just after it moves out of the hopper.
bL bL
m0v0 m0 v0
Ans. m0e , v 0e
mv t
L = 0 0 [n(m0 bt)]0
b
m0v 0 m0 bt
L n
b m0
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-16
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
bt bL
n 1
m0 m0v0
bL
bt
1+ e m0v 0
m0
bL
m0v0
m0 + bt = m 0 e = mass of the wagon at time t.
bL
m0 v 0 m0v0
From (i) v bL
v 0e
m0v0
m0e
16. In the arrangement shown in the figure, all the contact surfaces are frictionless. Given system is released
from rest. Distance travelled by wedge on horizontal surface till the time m1 travels a distance relative to
x
wedge is . Find x. (Use = 53º, = 37º, m1 = m2 = m3)
15
fp=k esa iznf'kZr O;oLFkk esa lHkh lEidZ lrg ?k"kZ.kjfgr gSA fn;k x;k fudk; fojke ls NksM+k tkrk gSA tc rd nzO;eku
x
m1 ost ds lkis{k nwjh r; djrk gS rc rd {kSfrt lrg ij ost }kjk r; dh xbZ nwjh gksxhA x dk eku Kkr djksA
15
( = 53º, = 37º, m1 = m2 = m3 dk mi;ksx djsA)
m1 m2
m3
Ans. 7
Sol.
m1 m2
m3 x
m1
x
x
x m3
m2
m1(x –cos) + m2(x – cos ) + m3 x = 0
x(m1 + m2 + m3) = (m1 cos + m2 cos)
x
m1 cos m 2 cos
m1 m 2 m 3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-17
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
COMPREHENSION–1
A rod of mass 'm and length L is attached to a L shaped plank at 'A'. rod can move freely about A. A string is
tied between rod and plank as shown in figure. Whole system is moving with a constant acceleration g
in x-direction .
m nzO;eku rFkk L yEckbZ dh ,d NM+] L vkdkj ds ,d Iykad ij 'A' ij tqM+h gq;h gSA NM+] fcUnq A ds lkis{k Lora=k :i
ls ?kwe ldrh gSA fp=kuqlkj ,d jLlh NM+ vkSj Iykad ds e/; ca/kh gq;h gSA lEiw.kZ fudk;] fu;r Roj.k g ls] x fn'kk esa
py jgk gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-18
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
19. If string is cut at any instant then the angular acceleration of rod (with respect to the plank) at that instant is
;fn jLlh dks fdlh {k.k dkVk tkrk gS] rks bl {k.k] NM+ dk dks.kh; Roj.k] Iykad ds lkis{k Kkr djks\
2g 6g 2g 3g
(A) (B) (C) (D*)
3 3 2
Sol.
mg
m 2
mg =
2 3
3g
= RBD
2
COMPREHENSION–2
Consider the arrangement shown in figure. A is wedge of mass m, kept on smooth horizontal surface. B is a
uniform disc of mass m and radius R. There is sufficient friction between A and B. C is a long bar of mass m,
whose horizontal motion is restricted using by two rigid supports. These supports are smooth. One end of
the bar is hinged at centre of B. B can rotate freely with respect to hinge. Whole system is released from rest.
Answer the following two questions for the given arrangement.
fp=k esa iznf'kZr O;oLFkk ij fopkj dhft,A m nzO;eku dk ,d ost A fpduh {kSfrt lrg ij j[kk gSA B, m nzO;eku rFkk
R f=kT;k dh ,d leku pdrh gSA A rFkk B ds e/; ?k"kZ.k i;kZIr gSA C, m nzO;eku dh ,d yEch NM+ gS] ftldh {kSfrt
xfr nks n`<+ vk/kkjksa ds }kjk izfrcfU/kr gSA ;s vk/kkj fpdus gS NM+ dk ,d fljk B ds dsUnz ij dhyfdr gSA B [kqVh ds
lkis{k Lora=krkiwoZd ?kw.kZu dj ldrh gSA lEiw.kZ fudk; fojkekoLFkk ls NksM+k tkrk gSA nh xbZ O;oLFkk ds fy, fuEu nks
iz'uksa ds mÙkj nhft,A
C
C
m
m
mR 2 mR 2
m, R, m, R,
2 B 2
B
A A i;kZIr [kqjnjk
Sufficiently rough
m m 37°
37°
20. If at certain instant speed of wedge is v then kinetic energy of overall system i.e. (A + B + C) will be :
;fn fdlh {k.k ij ost dk osx v gS] rc lEiw.kZ fudk; vFkkZr~ (A + B + C) dh xfrt ÅtkZ gksxh
93 54 54
(A*) mv 2 (B) mv 2 (C) mv 2 (D) None of these buesa ls dksbZ ugha
64 32 64
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-19
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Ans. (A)
Sol. Lets find the condition for pure rolling 'kq) ykSVuh xfr dh 'krZ ls
v1
37°
v A
37°
37° A
V
R
37° 53°
v1
vsin37 = v1cos37°
3
v1 = vtan37 = v
4
R – v 1sin37 = v cos 37
3 3 4
R – v v
4 5 5
9 16
R – v v
20 20
25 5
R = v v
20 4
5v
=
4R
1 1 1 mR2 2
K mv2 2m v12 w
2 2 2 2
1 9 1 25v2
mv2 m v2 mR2 2
2 16 4 16R
1 9mv 2 25mv 2 32 36 25
mv 2 mv
2
2 16 64 64
93
mv 2
64
21. Acceleration of the wedge (Just after the system is released from rest) will be :
fn;s x;s fudk; dks fojke ls NksM+us ds Bhd i'pkr~ ost dk Roj.k gksxkA
61 16 61
(A) g (B*) g (C) g (D) None of these buesa ls dksbZ ugha
32 31 64
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-20
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.
a
N 37°
N sin37º – f cos37º = ma
a1
2mg .....(1)
3a
2mg – N cos 37º – f sin 37º = 2ma1 = 2m .....(2)
4
mR2 5a
f × R = = × .....(3)
2 4R
After solving gy djus i'pkr~
5ma 5ma 16g
F= ,N= ,A=
8 2 31
Comprehension # 3
Working : Resonance tube is a 100 cm tube. Initially it is filled with water. To increase the length of air column
in the tube, water level is lowered. The air column is forced with a tuning fork of frequency f 0. Let at length 1,
we get a first resonance (loud voice) then
V
eq1 = 4 f
0
V
1 + = 4 f .........(i)
0
where is end correction
If we further lower the water level, the noise becomes moderate. But at 2. We, again get a loud noise (second
resonance) then
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-21
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
3V
eq2 =
4 f0
3V
2 + = .........(ii)
4 f0
From (i) and (ii)
V = 2f 0 (2 – 1)
Observation table :
Room temperature is 27ºC
Position of water
level (cm)
Freq. of tuning
Water level Water level Mean Speed of sound
fork in (Hz) Resonance
is falling is rising resonant length V = 2f0(l2 – l1)
(f0)
1st Resonance 23.9 24.1 l1 = ..........
330 Hz V = ..........
2nd Resonance 73.9 74.1 l2 = ..........
23. From equation (i) and (ii) end correction can be calcualted. Estimate the diameter of the tube using
imparical formula ( 0.3d)
(A) 2.5 cm (B) 3.3 cm (C) 5.2 cm (D) None of these buesa ls dkbZ ugha
Sol. (B)
1cm
= 1 cm = 0.3 d d= = 3.3 cm
0.3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-22
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
24. List- shows some arrangements in which motion of masses are described and list- defines motion of centre
of mass of the system (m + M).
lwph- esa dqN fp=k fn;s x;s gS ftues nzO;ekuksa dh xfr n'kkZ;h xbZ gS rFkk lwph- eas fudk; (m + M) ds nzO;eku dsUnz dh
xfr nh xbZ gS &
Match appropriate possible options in list-
mfpr fodYiksa dkWye-ds fodYiksa ls feyku dhft,A
List- List-
lwph- lwph-
person starts moving with constant acceleration (1) nzO;eku dsUnz dk Roj.k 'kwU; gks ldrk gSA
(towards right)
O;fDr fu;r Roj.k ls nkW;h rjQ xfr'khy gksrk gSA
At t = 0, a person at point A is moving with constant (2) nzO;eku dsUnz fu;r osx ls xfreku gksxkA
velocity (towards right) and the plank stays at rest , then
for his motion between point A and B.
t = 0 ij O;fDr A nka;h rjQ fu;r osx ls xfreku gS rFkk
iêk (plank) fLFkj gS tc O;fDr A ls B rd xfr djrk gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-23
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. (P) Since external force in horizontal direction is zero there for COM remains at rest.
pwafd {kSfrt fn'kk esa ckg~; cy 'kwU; gSA vr% nzO;eku dsUnz fojke esa jgsxkA
(Q) If the block remains at rest then centre of mass moves with constant velocity.
;fn CykWd fojke esa jgrk gS rks nzO;eku dsUnz fu;r osx ls xfreku jgsxkA
(R) If m does not slips on M then COM remains at rest otherwise COM is accelerated when m moves from
point A to B.
;fn m, M ij fQlyrk ugh gS rks nzO;eku dsUnz fojke esa jgsxk] vU;kFkk nzO;eku dsUnz tc m, A ls B rd xfreku gS rc
rd Rofjr gksxkA
(S) The COM is accelerated vertically downwards by the gravity force.
xq:Roh; cy ds dkj.k nzO;eku dsUnz uhps dh rjQ Rofjr gksxkA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-24
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
PHYSICS
INFORM ATIO
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
1. The density of a solid at normal pressure is . When the solid is subjected to an excess pressure p, the
density changes to ' if the bulk modulus of the solid is K then the ratio '/ is :
lkekU; nkc ij Bksl dk ?kuRo gSA tc Bksl ij p nkc vkf/kD; vkjksfir fd;k tkrk gS rks bldk ?kuRo ifjofrZr
gksdj ' gks tkrk gSA ;fn Bksl dk vk;ru izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad K gks rks vuqikr'/ gksxk :
p p p p
(A*) 1 + (B) 1 – (C) 2 (D) 2
K K K K
M M
V ' '
Sol.
V M '
p V –p
Bulk modules K =
V V K
V
p V –p
vk;ru izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad K =
V V K
V
–1
' p p
1 1
K K
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2. A tube of given shape has cross-sectional area S. its bottom and upper halves and filled with two non-
viscous, non-compressible liquids of densities 3, respectively. If the liquid interface is slightly
displaced then find its angular frequency. The circumference of the tube is 2L.
S vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy ,d nh xbZ vkdkj dh ufydk es blds fupys vk/ks Hkkx rFkk Åijh vk/ks Hkkx esa nks v';ku]
vlEihM;+ nzo Hkjs gq;s gS ftuds ?kuRo Øe'k% 3rFkk gSA ;fn nzo vUrjki`"B dks FkksM+k ls foLFkkfir fd;k tk, rks
bldh dks.kh; vko`fr Kkr djksA ufydk dh ifjf/k 2L yEckbZ dh gSA
3g
(A) It is not SHM ;g ljy vkorZ xfr ugh gSA (B)
2L
2g g
(C) (D*)
L L
Sol. Restoring force
izR;ku;u cy
F = 2s (3 – ) gx = 4sgx
m = Ls + Ls3 = 4 Ls
4sg g
=
4Ls L
3. A non–viscous fluid of density is flowing in a tube as shown in figure. Area of section–(A) is double
that of section–(B). Centre of mass of section–(B) is h height above the Centre of mass of section–(A)
and level of water in tube–1 is 'h' height above that in tube–2. Then :
fp=k esa n'kkZ,uqlkj ?kuRo dk v';ku nzo ufydk eas çokfgr gSA [k.M–(A) dk {kS=kQy [k.M–(B) ds {ks=kQy dk
nqxquk gSA [k.M–(B) dk nzO;eku dsUnz] [k.M–1 ds nzO;eku dsUnz ls 'h' Åpk¡bZ ij gS rFkk ufydk–1 esa ikuh dk ry]
ufydk–2 esa nzo ds ry ls 'h' Å¡pkbZ Åij gS rks :
gh
(A) Velocity of fluid of section–(A) is
3
2gh
(B*) Velocity of fluid at section–(A) is
3
(C) Work done by gravitational force per unit volume from section–(A) to section–(B) is gh
(D) Work done by elastic forces (pressure) per unit volume from section–(A) to section–(B) is 3gh
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-2
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
gh
(A) [k.M–(A) esa nzo dk osx gSA
3
2gh
(B*) [k.M–(A) esa nzo dk osx gSA
3
(C) [k.M–(A) ls [k.M–(B) esa çfr bdkbZ vk;ru xq:Roh; cy }kjk fd;k x;k dk;Z gh gSA
(D) [k.M–(A) ls [k.M–(B) esa çfr bdkbZ vk;ru çR;kLFk cyksa (nkc) }kjk fd;k x;k dk;Z 3gh gSA
Sol. Applying Bernoulli is equation from section–(A) and (B)
[k.M–(A) ls [k.M–(B) esa cjukWyh lehdj.k yxkus ij
1 1
P1 + V12 + gh1 = P2 + v22 + gh2
2 2
1 1
P1 + V2 + 0 = P2 + (2v)2 + gh
2 2
and rFkk P1 – P2 = g(2h)
Solving we get, gy djus ij çkIr gksxk
2gh
V=
3
(C) Work done by gravitation force per unit value W gr = decrease in gravitational PT value = gh1 – gh2
xq:Roh; cy }kjk çfr bdkbZ vk;ru fd;k x;k dk;Z W gr = xq:Roh; fLFkfrt ÅtkZ esa deh PTvalue = gh1 – gh2
W gr = 0 – gh
(D) Work done by elastic force volume, çR;kLFk cyksa }kjk çfr bdkbZ vk;ru ij fd;k x;k dk;Z
W e = decrease in elastic P.E.vol = decrease in pressure
W e = çR;kLFk fLFkfrt ÅtkZ esa deh P.E.vol = nkc esa deh
= P1 – P2 = G(2H).
4. A large open tank is filled with water upto a height H. A small hole is made at the base of the tank. It
H
takes T1 time to decrease the height of water to (n > 1) and it takes T2 time to take out the remaining
n
water. If T1 = T2, then the value of n is :
,d foLr`r [kqyk Vsad H špkbZ rd ikuh ls Hkjk gqvk gSA Vsad ds ryh esa ,d NksVk Nsn fd;k tkrk gSA blesa ikuh
H
dk Lrj (n > 1) rd ?kVus esa T1 le; yxrk gS rFkk ;g 'ks"k ikuh [kkyh gksus esa T2 le; ysrk gSA ;fn T1 = T2
n
gS rc n dk eku gS :
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C*) 4 (D) 2 2
dy
Sol. A = a 2gy
dt
2A H
H = T1
a 2g n
2A H
0 = T2
a 2g n
T1 = T 2
N = 4.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
5. In the figure shown, a light container is kept on a horizontal rough surface of coefficient of friction
Sh
= . A very small hole of area S is made at depth 'h'. Water of volume 'V' is filled in the container.
V
The friction is not sufficient to keep the container at rest. The acceleration of the container initially is
Sh
fp=kkuqlkj ,d gYdk ik=k ,d {kSfrt [kqjnjh lrg ij j[kk tkrk gS ftldk ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad = gSA ik=k esa
V
xgjkbZ h ij {ks=kQy S dk cgqr NksVk Nsn cuk;k x;k gSA ikuh ftldk vk;ru V gS mldks ik=k esa Hkjk tkrk gSA
?k"kZ.k bruk i;kZIr ugha gS fd ik=k fojke esa j[kk jgsA ik=k dk izkjfEHkd Roj.k gS &
V Sh
(A) g (B) g (C) zero 'kwU; (D*) g
Sh V
Sol. Let the density of water be , then the force by escaping liquid on container = S( 2gh)2
2Sgh Vg 2Sh
acceleration of container a = = g
V V
Sh Sh
Now = a= g
V V
ekuk ikuh dk ?kuRo gS rFkk fudyrs gq;s nzo }kjk ik=k ij cy = S ( 2gh)2
2Sgh Vg 2Sh
ik=k dk Roj.k a = = g
V V
Sh
vc =
V
Sh
a= g
V
6. A wave in a string has an amplitude of 2 cm. The wave travels in the +ve direction of x axis with a
speed of 128 ms–1 and it is noted that 5 complete waves fit in 4m length of the string. The equation
describing the wave is
,d Mksjh esa ,d rjax dk vk;ke 2 lseh gSA rjax /kukRed x fn'kk esa 128 eh ls–1 dh pky ls py jgh gS rFkk ;g
/;ku nsus ;ksX; gS fd 5 iw.kZ rjaxsa 4eh yEch Mksjh esa ,d lkFk fn[kkbZ nsrh gSaA rjax dks iznf'kZr djus okyh lehdj.k
gS
(A) y = (0.02)m sin (7.85 x + 100 5t) (B) y = (0.02)m sin (15.7 x – 2010t)
(C) y = (0.02)m sin (15.7 x + 2010t) (D*) y = (0.02)m sin (7.85 x – 100 5t)
Sol. Find the parameters and put in the general wave equation.
Here, A = 2 cm
direction = +ve x direction
v = 128 ms–1
and 5 = 4
2 2 5
Now, k= = = 7.85
4
and v= = 128 ms–1
k
= v × k = 128 × 7.85 = 1005
As, y = A sin (kx – t)
y = 2sin (7.85 x – 1005 t)
= (0.02)m sin (7.85 x – 1005 t)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
gy. ;gkW A = 2 cm v = 128 ms–1
vc 5 = 4
2 2 5
k= = = 7.85
4
rFkk v= = 128 ms–1
k
= v × k = 128 × 7.85 = 1005
blfy, y = A sin (kx – t)
y = 2sin (7.85 x – 1005 t)
= (0.02)m sin (7.85 x – 1005 t)
7. Two strings A and B have lengths A and B and carry pendulum of masses MA and MB at their lower
ends the upper ends being supported by rigid supports. If n A and nB are their frequencies of their
oscilations and nA = 2nB, then :
(A) A = 4B, regardless of masses (B*) B = 4A, regardless of masses
(C) MA = 2MB, A = 2B (D) MB = 2MA, B = 2A .
nks Mksfj;ksa A rFkk B dh yEckb;k¡ Øe'k% A rFkk B gS rFkk muds ,d fljs n`<+ vk/kkj ls ca/ks gSa tcfd fupys fljksa ij
nzO;eku MA rFkk MB ds yksyd ls ca/ks gSaA ;fn mudh ljy vkorZ xfr;ksa dh vko`fÙk;k¡ Øe'k% nA rFkk nB gks rFkk nA
= 2nB, rks :
(A) A = 4B, nzO;eku dqN Hkh gkas (B) B = 4A, nzO;eku dqN Hkh gka
(C) MA = 2MB, A = 2B (D) MB = 2MA, B = 2A .
Sol. The freqeuncy of vibrations of string is
1 g
n=
2
Given, nA = 2nB
1 g 1 g 1 4
2. or or B = 4A
2 A 2 B A B
It is obvious from Eq. (i), the frequency of vibrations of strings does not depend on their mass.
gy. vko`fr ds fy, lw=k
1 g
n=
2
fn;k x;k gS nA = 2nB
1 g 1 g 1 4
2. ;k ;k B = 4A
2 A 2 B A B
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
8. When the length of the vibrating segment of a sonometer wire is increased by 1%, the percentage
change in its frequency is -
100 99
(A*) 1 (B) 2 (C) (D)
101 100
tc ,d Lojekih rkj ds dfEir [k.M dh yEckbZ 1% c<+k nh tkrh gS] rks bldh vko`fr esa izfr'kr ifjorZu gS &
100 99
(A*) 1 (B) 2 (C) (D)
101 100
1 T
Sol. f= .
2
df 1 T d
2 .
f 2 f
df 1 T d d
2 .
f 2 1 T
2
df d
f
% change in frequency vko`fÙk esa izfr'kr ifjorZu = 1%
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. Y = A sin (t – k.r )
r xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ
k.r 3x 2y – z .
k 3iˆ 2jˆ – kˆ .
| k | 9 4 1 14
2 2 2 2
| k | m
|k | | 14 | 7
3iˆ 2ˆj – kˆ
unit vector in the direction of wave propagation =
14
3iˆ 2jˆ – kˆ
rjax lapj.k dh fn'kk esa ,dkad lfn'k =
14
10. A copper wire of negligible mass, 1m length and cross-sectional area 10–6 m2 is kept on smooth
horizontal table with one end fixed. A ball of mass 1 kg is attached to the other end. The wire and the
ball are rotating with an angular velocity 20 rad/sec, and the elongation in the wire is 10 –3 m. The wire
break down when angular velocity is 100 rad/sec. Which of the following is/are correct ?
ux.; nzO;eku] 1m yEckbZ ,oa 10–6 m2 vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy dk ,d dkWij rkj ,d fpduh {kSfrt Vscy ij j[kk
gqvk gS] ftldk ,d fljk tM+or~ gSA vU; fljs ij 1 kg nzO;eku dh ,d xsan tqM+h gqbZ gSA rkj ,oa xsan 20 rad/sec
ds dks.kh; osx ls ?kw.kZu djrs gS, rks rkj esa izlkj 10–3 m gksrk gSA ;fn dks.kh; osx c<+kdj 100 rad/sec dj fn;k
tkrk gS, rks rkj HkfUtr gks tkrk gS] rc lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A
(A*) the breaking stress is 1010 N/m2 (B*) the young’s modulus is 4 × 1011 N/m2
(C) the breaking stress is 2 × 1010N/m2 (D) the young’s modulus is 8 × 1011 N/m2
(A*) HkUtu izfrcy 1010 N/m2 gSA (B*) ;ax izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad 4 × 1011 N/m2 gSA
(C) HkUtu izfrcy 2 × 10 N/m gSA
10 2 (D) ;ax izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad 8 × 1011 N/m2 gSA
F mL 2f
Sol. (breaking stress HkUtu izfrcy) = 1010 N / m2
A A
FL
Y=
A L
L (20)2 1
Y = i –6 4 1011N / m2
L 10 10 –3
11. In a certain gravity free space, the piston of an injection is being pushed so that the water jet comes out
with a constant speed v. The area of the piston is much greater than the orifice of the injection.
(A*) The force required to be applied on the piston is proportional to v2.
(B*) The power developed by the force pushing the piston is proportional to v3.
(C*) The time for emptying the injection is proportional to v1.
(D*) The total work done in emptying the injection is proportional to v2.
fdlh xq:Roghu LFkku esa ifjc) ikbZi esa fLFkr fiLVu dks nck;k tkrk gS ftlls ikbZi ds fNnz ls ikuh dh /kkjk
fu;r pky v ls ckgj fudyrh gSA fiLVu dk {ks=kQy ikbZi ds fNnz ds {ks=kQy ls cgqr T;knk gS rks
(A*) fiLVu ij vko';d vkjksfir cy v2 ds lekuqikrh gksxk
(B*) fiLVu dks nckus okys cy }kjk mRiUu 'kfDr v3 ds lekuqikrh gksxh
(C*) ikbZi dks [kkyh djus esa yxus okyk le; v1 ds lekuqikrh gksxk
(D*) ikbZi dks [kkyh djus esa fd;k x;k dqy dk;Z v2 ds lekuqikrh gksxk
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.
A'
v' A
F v
F 1 1
v '2 v 2 (i)
A 2 2
A’ v’ = Av (ii)
F v2 (A)
P = F v’ (B)
volume
Av = volume flow rate =
t
vk;ru
Av = vk;ru izokg nj =
le;
1
t (C)
v
W.D. = K (D)
12. A container of large uniform cross sectional area A resting on a horizontal surface holds two immiscible
non-viscous and incompressible liquids of density d and 3d each of height H/2. The lower density liquid
is open to the atmosphere having pressure Po. A tiny hole of area a (a<<A) is punched on the vertical
side of the container at a height of h from the bottom of container (0 < h < H/2) for which range is
maximum.
,dleku vuqizLFk dkV {kS=kQy A dk ,d cM+k ik=k {ksfrt lrg ij fojkekoLFkk esa j[kk gqvk gS rFkk blesa nks
vfeJ.kh; v';ku rFkk vlEihM; nzo ftuds ?kUkRo Øe'k % d rFkk 3d gS] H/2 ÅapkbZ rd Hkjs gq, gSA de ?kuRo dk
nzo ok;qe.Myh; nkc Po esa [kqyk gqvk gSA fupys ik=k dh Å/okZ/kj nhokj ij ,d a (a<<A) dkV {ks=kQy dk NksVk
fNnz ik=k dh ryh ls h (0 < h < H/2) ÅapkbZ ij fd;k tkrk gS rkfd ijkl vf/kdre gksA
2H
(A*) h = H/3 (B*) Range ijkl R =
3
3H 2
(C) Range ijkl R = (D*) Velocity of efflux cfgL=kko osx v = gH
2 3
Sol. A, B, D
H H
d 3d H' 3d
2 2
2H
H'
3
2g(H' h)
Vefflux =
Vefflux is maximum when h = H’/2
Vefflux vf/kdre gS tc h = H’/2
2gH
Vmax
3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-8
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2(H' h)
g
Range ijkl R = Vefflux ×
2H
Rmax =
3
13. A rigid bent light rod of total length 2 can slide on fixed wire frame with the help of frictionless sliders.
There is thin liquid film (surface tension T) between bent rod and wire frame. In equilibrium the
4T
elongation in spring is given by . Then find the value of .
5K
,d n`<+ eqM+h gqbZ gYdh NM+ ftldh dqy yEckbZ 2 gS] fLFkj rkj Ýse ij ?k"kZ.kghu LykbMj dh lgk;rk ls fQly
ldrh gSA eqM+h gqbZ NM+ rFkk rkj Ýse ds chp ,d iryh nzo ijr (film) (i`"B ruko T) gSA lkE;koLFkk esa fLçax çlkj
4T
5K gSSA rc dk eku Kkr dhft,A
Ans. 3
Sol.
2(2T) cos53º = Kx
4T 3
= x.
5K
14. A soap bubble is being blown slowly on a tube of radius 1 cm. The surface tension of the soap solution
is 0.05 N/m and surface of the bubble makes an angle of 60o with the tube as shown. The excess
pressure over the atmospheric pressure in the tube is 2n pascal. Find n.
,d lkcqu ds cqycqys dks 1 cm f=kT;k okyh uyh ij /khjs&/khjs Qqyk;k tkrk gSA lkcqu ds foy;u dk i`"B ruko
0.05 N/m rFkk cqycqys dh lrg }kjk uyh ls cuk;k x;k dks.k fp=kkuqlkj 60° gks rks ok;qe.Myh; nkc dh rqyuk esa
uyh esa nkc vkf/kD; 2n ikLdy gSA n Kkr dhft,A :
Ans. 5
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
1cm
Sol. R= = 2cm
cos 60
4S 4 0.05
P = = 10 Pa
R 2 102
15. A simple accelerometer (an instrument for measuring acceleration) can be made in the form of a tube
filled with a liquid and bent as shown in figure. Due to horizontal acceleration of a vehicle the height h 1
& h2 were measured to be 30 cm & 70 cm respectively. Find horizontal acceleration of vehicle in (m/s 2)
(g = 10 m/s2)
,d ljy Roj.kekih (Roj.k ekiu ds fy, ,d midj.k) dks nzo ls Hkjh nks ufydkvksa dks fp=k esa n'kkZ;suqlkj eksM+dj
cuk;k tk ldrk gSA ,d xkM+h ds {kSfrt Roj.k ds dkj.k Å¡pkbZ h1 rFkk h2 dk ekiu Øe'k% 30 cm o 70 cm gSA
xkM+h ds {kSfrt Roj.k dk eku (m/s2 esa) Kkr dhft,A (g = 10 m/s2)
Ans. 4
Sol. a=g
h2 - h1
h1 + h2
40
= 10
100
30
70
= 10 = 4 m/s2
70 30
16. A light rod of length 2m is suspended from the ceiling horizontally by means of two vertical wires of
equal length tied to its end. One of the wires is made of steel and is of cross-section 0.1 cm2. The other
wire is of brass of cross-section 0.2 cm2. A weight is suspended from a certain point of the rod such that
equal stresses are produced in both the wires. The rod remains horizontal in this case also. If the
40
position of the load from the steel wire is m. Find the value of n
n
2 eh- yEckbZ dh ,d gYdh NM+ ds nksuks fljkas dks leku yEckbZ ds rkjksa ls ck¡/kdj Nr ls yVdk;k x;k gSA ,d rkj
LVhy ls cuk gS ftldk vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy 0.1 lseh-2 gSA nwljk rkj ihry dk cuk gS ftldk vuqizLFk dkV
{ks=kQy 0.2 lseh2 gSA NM+ ds fdlh fcUnq ij ,d Hkkj yVdk;k x;k gS rkfd nksuksa rkjksa esa leku izfrcy mRiUu gks
40
ldsA bl fLFkfr esa Hkh NM+ {kSfrt jgrh gSA vxj LVhy ds rkj ls Hkkj dh nwjh m gS] rks n dk eku crkb;sA
n
Ans. 30
Sol.
T T1 T1 1
Stress (izfrcy) = = =
A A1 T2 2
& for equilibrium , (rFkk lkE;koLFkk ds fy,)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
3T2
mg = T1 + T2 = (After balance) (larqyu ds ckn)
2
3T2 4
& mgx – T2.(B) = 0 (Target balance) (larqyu ls)
x – 2T2 = 0 x = m
2 3
17. Linear density of a string is 1.3 × 10–4 kg/m and wave equation is y = 0.021 sin (x + 30t). If the tension in
the string is T Newton then the value of 100T is. where x in metre and t in second :
fdlh Mksjh dk js[kh; ?kuRo 1.3 × 10–4 fdxzk@ehVj gS o rjax dk lehdj.k y = 0.021 sin (x + 30t). Mksjh esa ruko
T U;wVu gks rks 100 T dk eku Kkr dhft,A tgk¡ x ehVj esa gS] t lsd.M esa gS :
Ans. 11.70
Sol. = 1.3 × 10–4 T = ?, k = 1, = 30
T
v=
k= ,v= 30
v k
T = v2 ×
= (30)2 × 1.3 × 10–4 = 900 × 1.3 × 10–4
= 1.17 × 10–1 = 0.117 N
18. A string a musical instrument is 50 cm long and its fundamental frequency is 270 Hz. If a fundamental
frequency of 1000 Hz is to be produced, then required length (in cm) of string is -
,d ok| ;a=k dh ,d Mksjh 50 cm yEch gS vkSj bldh ewy vko`fr 270 Hz gS] ;fn 1000 Hz dh ewy vko`fr mRiUu
dh tkrh gS] rks vko';d Mksjh dh yEckbZ (in cm) gS&
Ans. 13.50
Sol. = 50 cm f0 = 270 Hz
to produce mRiUu djus ds fy, f = 1000 Hz =?
1 T 1 T
f0 = f 0 × 0 =
2 2
f00 = f11 = f22
270 × 50 = 1000 × 0
27 5 135
= = = 13.5 cm
10 10
Comprehension type questions
Comprehension–1 (19 TO 21)
A uniform rod of mass M and length L, area of cross section A is placed on a smooth horizontal surface.
Forces acting on the rod are shown in the digram
,d M nzO;eku L yEckbZ rFkk A vuqçLFk dkV {ks=kQy dh ,d NM+ fpduh {kSftr lrg ij j[kh gSA ,d NM+ ij yx
jgs cy fp=kkuqlkj gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
19. Ratio of elongation in section PQ of rod and section QR of rod is
NM+ ds Hkkx PQ rFkk Hkkx QR esa foLrkj dk vuqikr gksXkkA
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 3 : 5 (C*) 5 : 7 (D) 1 : 2
Sol.
L L
F
3F 2 5FL
1 = 2 =
2 2AY 2AY 8AY
L 3F L
2F
2 7FL
2 = + 2 2 =
2AY 2AY 8AY
1 5
2 7
20. Ratio of elastic potential energy stored in section PQ and section QR of the rod is
NM+ ds Hkkx PQ rFkk Hkkx QR esa lafpr izR;kLFk fLFkfrt mtkZ dk vuqikr gksXkkA
(A*) 19 :37 (B) 21 : 39 (C) 23 : 41 (D) 17 : 35
Sol.
F F
F = 1 2 x + F2 = x +
x0
Energy density at any x
fdlh Hkh x ij ÅtkZ ?kUkRo
dU 1 x x 1
= = (x + )2
dV 2 A AY 2A 2 Y
Energy stored in small segment dx
vYik¡'k dx esa lafpr ÅtkZ
1
dU = (2x2 + 2 + 2x) Adx
2A 2 Y
x0
1
( x 2 2 x)dx
2 2
U = dU =
2AY
0
1 2 x30
= 2 x0 x02
2AY 3
Consider section PQ
PQ esa
= F/L , = F, x0 = L/2
19F2L
U1 =
48AY
Consider secton QR
QR eas
= F/L , = 3F/2, x0 = L/2
37F2L
U2 =
48AY
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
21. Total elastic potential energy stored in the rod is :
NM+ esa laxzfgr dqy izR;kLFk fLFkfrt ÅtkZ gksxhA
7F2L 11F2L 5F2L 3F2L
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
6AY 6AY 6AY 2AY
19F2L 37F2L 7F2L
Sol. U= + =
48AY 48AY 6AY
A B
D C
(-x0, 0, 0) (x0, 0, 0)
x axis
F E
z axis
If this curve is rotated about y axis, we get a paraboloid surface. The volume below this surface &
above x–z plane is given by
Ax0 4
V Bx02
2
Volume of cylinder ABCD
= + volume of cylinder CDEF
2
Use the above result to answer following question.
A B
D C
(-x0, 0, 0) (x0, 0, 0)
x axis
F E
z axis
;fn ;g oØ y v{k ds ifjr% ?kqek;k tkrk gS rks ge ijoyf;d lrg izkIr djrs gSaA bl lrg ds uhps rFkk x–z ry
ds Åij vk;ru fuEu izdkj fn;k tkrk gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Ax0 4
V Bx02
2
csyu ABCD dk vk; ru
= + csyu CDEF dk vk;ru
2
mijksDr ifj.kkeksa dks iz;qDr djrs gq, fuEu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nhft;sA .
22. A cylindrical container of height ‘h’ and radius ‘a’ is two-third filled. Find maximum angular velocity at
which liquid can be rotated without spilling it.
‘h’ Å¡pkbZ rFkk ‘a’ f=kT;k dk ,d csyukdkj ik=k nks frgkbZ Å¡pkbZ rd Hkjk gqvk gSA æo dk vf/kdre dks.kh; osx
Kkr dhft;s ftlls ;g fcuk Nyds ¼ik=k ls ckgj fudys fcuk½ ?kw.kZu dj ldsA
4gh 2gh gh gh
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
3a2 3a2 a2 2a2
23. If the cylinder of previous problem was completely filled, then the minimum angular velocity at which
base may be visible is.
;fn iwoZ iz'u dk csyu iw.kZr% Hkjk tk;s rc æo dk og U;wure dks.kh; osx Kkr djks ftl ij ik=k dk vk/kkj fn[kkbZ
ns ldsA
gh 2gh gh 4gh
(A) (B*) 2
(C) 2
(D)
a 2
a 2a 3a2
24. In the above situation (i.e. fully filled cylinder of radius ‘a’ and height ‘h’), if liquid is rotated at twice the
angular velocity found in previous problem, then the amount of liquid left (after spillage) in the cylinder
will be :
mijksDr fLFkfr esa (vFkkZr~ ‘a’ f=kT;k rFkk ‘h’ Å¡pkbZ dk iw.kZ :i ls Hkjk gqvk csyu) ;fn æo iwoZ iz'u esa fn;s x;s
dks.kh; osx ds nqxqus osx ls ?kqek;k tk;s rc csyu esa 'ks"k æo (Nydus ds i'pkr~ ) dh ek=kk gksxh :
a2h a2h a2h a2h
(A) (B) (C*) (D)
2 4 8 3
Sol. 22. Profile of rotating liquid is given by
2 x 2
y
2g
2 a 2
Putting x = a, y = 2g
2a2
a2
Volume of liquid in fig. (b) is written as = 2g 2a2
a2 h
2 2g
Equating to volume in figure (a), we get
2h a2 2a2 2a2
a2 a2 h
3 4g 2g
4gh
3a2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
?kw.khZ æo dh :ijs[kk fuEu izdkj nh tkrh gSA
2a2
eku j[kus ij x = a, y =
2g
2 a2
a2
2g 2 a2
fp=k (b) esa æo dk vk;ru bl izdkj fy[k ldrs gSa = a2 h
2 2g
fp=k (a) esa vk;ruksa dks cjkcj djus ij ge izkIr djrs gSa
2h a2 2 a2 2 a2
a2 a2 h
3 4g 2g
4gh
3a2
2 x 2
23. y
2g
2 a2
h
2g
2gh
a2
24. Some base area will be visible. Let radius of visible base be ‘r’.
Origin shifts below base.
dqN vk/kkj {ks=kQy fn[kkbZ nsxkA ekuk ns[ks x;s vk/kkj dh f=kT;k ‘r’ .
ewy fcUnq vk/kkj ij uhps dh vksj foLFkfir gksxkA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-15
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2 x 2 8gh a2
h' 2 4h
2g a 2g
put x = r & y = h’ – h = 3h j[kus ij
2
8gh r
3h
a2 2g
3 2
r2 a
4
a2h' 2 2 r 2 (h' h)
Vleft = (a r )(h' h)
2 2
a2h
8
Initially the block is at rest. A constant horizontal force F 0 starts acting on the block at t = 0.
In column-I a physical quantity regarding the motion of the block is given and in column-II
corresponding variation with time is given. Match the proper entries from column-II to column-I using
the codes given below the columns.
Column - I Column - II
(P) X (distance travel by the block as function of time.) (A) e–t (, 0)
(Q) V (velocity of block as as function of time.) (B) + t + e–t (,,, 0)
(R) A (acceleration of block as as function of time.) (C) e–t – e–t (,,, 0)
(S) dK/ dt (rate of change in kinetic energy of block (D) + e–t (,, 0)
as as function of time.)
(here , , , may have different values in each of options)
,d ?kukHk vkd`fr dk CykWd ftldk nzO;eku m rFkk i`"Bh; {ks=kQy 6A gS] dks ,d ';ku nzo dh eksVh ijr ij j[kk
tkrk gSA nzo ijr dh eksVkbZ d gS] tSlk fd fp=k esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSA
izkjEHk esa CykWd fojke voLFkk esa gS] ,d fu;r {kSfrt cy F0 CykWd ij t = 0 ij yxkuk izkjEHk fd;k tkrk gSA
lwph-I esa xfr ls lEcfU/kr ,d HkkSfrd jkf'k nh x;h gS rFkk lwph -II esa le; ds lkFk vuq:i ifjorZu fn;k x;k gSA
mfpr dksM dk mi;ksx djrs gq,] lwph-I dks lwph -II ls feyk;sA
lwph-I lwph-II
(P) X (CykWd }kjk r; dh x;h nwjh le; ds inksa esa) (A) e–t (, 0)
(Q) V (CykWd dk osx le; ds inksa esa) (B) + t + e–t (,,, 0)
(R) A (CykWd dk Roj.k le; ds inksa esa) (C) e–t – e–t (,,, 0)
(S) dK/ dt (xfrt ÅtkZ esa ifjorZu dh nj le; dsa inksa esa½ (D) + e–t (,, 0)
(;gka , , , ds eku vyx&vyx fodYi esa vyx&vyx gks ldrs gSA
Codes dksM :
P Q R S
(A) 2 1 3 4
(B*) 2 4 1 3
(C) 2 4 3 1
(D) 1 2 4 3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-16
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Av
Sol. F = mA = F0 – Fv = F0 –
d
F0 A
A= – v = a – bv
m md
v t
dv dv
dt
= a – b v 0 a bv = dt
0
1 a bv a
n =tV= (1 – e–bt)
b a b
x t
dx a a
(1 e
bt
= (1 – e–bt) dx = )dt
dt b b 0
0
a a a
x= t 2 2 e bt
b b b
A= ae–bt
1
k= mv2
2
dk dv ma
= mv = (1 – e–bt) (ae–bt)
dt dt b
ma2
= (e–bt – e–2bt)
b
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-17
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
PHYSICS
INFORM ATIO
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
P-V graph for this process will be : bl çØe ds fy, P–V xzkQ gksxkA
Sol.
PV = nRT
P 1
T V
1
Slope of line joining origin to that point
V
as the slope of line OE is greater than the slope of line OC, So, volume at 'E' is less than that at 'C'.
So, ans.is (D).
1
ewy fcUnq ls fn;s x;s fcUnq dks feykus okyh js[kk dk <ky
V
pwafd js[kk OE dk <ky js[kk OC ds <ky ls T;knk gSA vr% 'E' ij vk;ru 'C' dh rqyuk esa de gksxkA
vr% mÙkj (D) gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
P0
2. One mole of an ideal gas undergoes a process P = 2
. Here P0 & V0 are constants. Change in
V0
1
V
temperature of the gas when volume is changed from V = V0 to V = 2V0 is.
P0
,d eksy vkn'kZ xSl P = 2
. izØe dk vuqlj.k djrh gS tgk¡ P0 rFkk V0 fu;rkad gSA ;fn xSl dk
V0
1
V
vk;ru V0 ls 2V0 gks tkrk gS rks xSl ds rkieku esa ifjorZu gSA
3. If 1 and 2 are the lengths of air column two minimum consecutive resonance position when a tuning
fork of frequency f is sounded in a resonance tube, then end correction is :
;fn nks U;wure Øekxr vuqukn fLFkfr;ksa ds laxr ok;q LrEHk dh yEckbZ 1 rFkk 2 gS] tc vuqukn uyh f vko`fÙk ds
Lofj=k f}Hkqt ds lkFk vuqukfnr gksrh gS] rc fljk la'kks/ku gksxk :
( 3 1) ( 3 1) ( 1) (3 2 1)
(A*) 2 (B) 2 (C) 2 (D)
2 2 2 4
V
Sol. =f
4( 1 e)
3V
=f
4( 2 e)
V
= 1 + e
4f
3V
= 2 + e
4f
2V
= 2 – 1
4f
V = 2f (2 – 1)
2f( 2 1) 2 2 14 2( 3 1)
e= – 1 = 2 1
= 2
4f 4 4
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-2
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
4. Sound waves are emitted uniformly in all directions from a point source. The dependence of sound level
in decibels on the distance r can be expressed as (a and b are positive constants)
,d fcUnq L=kksr ls /ofu rjaxsa ,dleku :i ls lHkh fn'kkvksa esa mRlftZr gksrh gSaA nwjh r ij Mslhcy esa /ofu Lrj
dh fuHkZjrk dks fuEu }kjk iznf'kZr dj ldrs gSa (a rFkk b /kukRed fu;rkad gSA)
b
(A) = – b log ra (B) = a – b (log r)2 (C*) = a – b log r (D) = a – 2
r
Sol. (C) = 10 log
0
If P is power of sound source then
;fn P /ofu L=kksr dh 'kfDr gS rc
(P / 4r 2 )
= 10 log where tgk¡ 0 = 10–12 w/m2
0
P
= 10 log = 10 [log P – log(40.r2)]
4r 2 .0
= 10[log P – log 40 – 2 log r]= a – b log r
where tgk¡ ; a = 10 logP – 10 log40
= constant fu;r
& b = 20 = constant fu;r
5. If specific heat capacity of a substance in solid and liquid state is proportional to temperature of the
substance, then if heat is supplied to the solid initially at – 20°C (having melting point 0°C) at constant
rate. Then the temperature dependence of solid with time will be best represented by :
;fn Bksl rFkk nzo voLFkk esa fdlh inkFkZ dh fof'k"V Å"ek /kkfjrk inkFkZ ds rkieku ds lekuqikrh gS rFkk vc ;fn
Bksl dks izkjEHk esa –20ºC ij fu;r nj ls Å"ek iznku dh tk, ¼Bksl dk xyukad 0ºC) rks le; ds lkFk rkieku
dh fuHkZjrk dks fuEu esa ls dkSulk xzkQ loZJs"B iznf'kZr djsxkA
(A) (B)
(C*) (D)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
6. A copper calorimeter of mass m 1 = 1 kg, contained with water of mass m2 = 1 kg, their common
temperature t = 10°C. Now a piece of ice of mass m 3 = 2 kg and temperature is –11°C dropped into the
calorimeter. Neglecting any heat loss, the final temperature of system is. [specific heat of copper = 0.1
Kcal/ kg°C, specific heat of water = 1 Kcal/kg°C, specific heat of ice = 0.5 Kcal/kg°C, latent heat of
fusion of ice = 78.7 Kcal/kg]
,d rkacs ds ,d dSyksjhehVj ftldk nzO;eku m1 = 1kg gSA blesa Hkjs gq, ikuh dk nzO;eku m2 = 1 kg gSA mudk
mHk;fu"B rkieku t = 10°C gSA vc cQZ dk VqdM+k ftldk nzO;eku m3 = 2 kg rFkk –11°C rki okys cQZ ds VqdM+s
dks dSyksjhehVj esa fxjk;k tkrk gSA fdlh Hkh izdkj dh Å"ek gkfu ux.; ekuksA fudk; dk vfUre rkieku gS &
[rk¡cs dh fof'k"V Å"ek = 0.1 Kcal/ kg°C, ikuh dh fof'k"V Å"ek = 1 Kcal/kg°C, cQZ dh fof'k"V
Å"ek = 0.5 Kcal/kg°C, cQZ ds xyu dh xqIr Å"ek = 78.7 Kcal/kg]
(A*) 0°C (B) 4°C (C) – 4°C (D) – 2°C
Sol. Loss in heat from calorimeter + water as temperture changes from 10°C to 0°C
= m1C110 + m2C210 = 1 × 1 × 10 + 1 × 0.1 × 10 = 11 kcal
Gain in heat of ice as its temperature changes from –11°C to 0°C
= m3C3 × 11 = 2 × 0.5 × 11 = 11 kcal
Hence ice and water will coexist at 0°C without any phase change.
¼dSyksjhehVj + ikuh½ ls Å"ek dh gkfu] tc rki 10°C ls 0°C gksrk gSA
= m1C110 + m2C210 = 1 × 1 × 10 + 1 × 0.1 × 10 = 11 kcal
tc rkieku –11°C ls 0°C gksrk gS rks cQZ }kjk izkIr Å"ek
= m3C3 × 11 = 2 × 0.5 × 11 = 11 kcal
vr% cQZ o ikuh 0°C ij fcuk fdlh voLFkk ifjorZu ds lkFk lkFk jgsaxsA
7. A resistor has initial resistance 'R0' at 0ºC. Now, it is connected to an ideal battery of constant emf = 'v'.
If the temperature co–efficient of resistance is , then after how much time, will its temperature be 'TºC'.
Mass of the wire is m, specific heat capacity of the wire is S. (Assume the resistance veries linearly
with temperature .Also neglect heat loss to the surrounding)
,d çfrjks/kd dk çkjfEHkd çfrjks/k 0ºC ij 'R0' gSA vc bls fu;r fo|qr okgd cy 'v' dh vkn'kZ cSVjh ds lkFk
tksM+k tkrk gSA ;fn çfrjks/k dk rkih; xq.kkad gS rks fdrus le; i'pkr~] bldk rki 'TºC' gksxkA rkj dk
nzO;eku = m, rkj dh fof'k"V Å"ek /kkfjrk S gS (ifjos'k dh Å"eh; gkfu ux.; ekfu;ss] eku fyft, fd izfrjks/k rki
ds lkFk js[kh; :i ls ifjofrZr gksrk gSA)
msR0 T m SR mSR0 T 2 mSR0
(A) 2
(B) 0 2 0 (T/2) (C*) 2
(T + ) (D) T(1 + T)
v v v 2 v2
Sol. Rate of heat produced Å"ek mRiknu dh nj
dQ v2 v2 v2 dQ dT
= = = and rFkk = ms
dt R R0 (1 (T 0)) R0 (1 T) dt dt
dT v2
ms =
dt R0 (1 T)
T T t t
v2
T 0
(1 T)dT
R0ms t 0
dt
T 2 v2
T+ = t
2 R0ms
R 0ms T 2
t= 2
(T + ).
v 2
8. Let the wavelength at which the spectral emissive power of a black body (at a temperature T ) is
maximum, be denoted by max .As the temperature of the body is increased by 1 K , max decreases by
1 percent .The temperature T of the black body is
;g ekfu, fd tc fdlh dkyh oLrq (black-body) dh LiSDVªe mRltZu 'kfDr fdlh rjaxnS/;Z ij (T rkieku ij)
(spectral emissive power) vf/kdre gksrh gS] ml rjaxnS/;Z dks ge max ls iznf'kZr djrs gSA tc ge oLrq dk
rkieku 1 K ls c<+krs gS] rks max , 1 izfr'kr ls ?kV tkrh gSA dkyh oLrq dk rkieku T gS &
(A*) 100K (B) 200K (C) 400K (D) 288K
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. m T = const. (fu;r)
ln m + lnT = C
dm dT d m dT
0 =
m T m T
d m 1
Now =–1% = (–ve sign indicates decrease)
m 100
d m 1
vc =–1% = (–ve fpUg deh dks iznf'kZr djrk gS)
m 100
dT = 1 (given) (fn;k gS) T = 100 K.
9. All the rods have same conductance ‘K’ and same area of cross section ‘A’. If ends A and C are
maintained at temperature 2T0 and T0 respectively then which of the following is/are correct:
lHkh NM+ksa dh pkydrk ‘K’ rFkk leku vuqçLFk dkV {ks=kQy A gSA ;fn fljs A rFkk C Øe'k% 2T0 rFkk T0 rki ij gS
rc fuEu esa ls dkSulk@dkSuls lR; gS :
(A) Rate of heat flow through ABC, AOC and ADC is same
(B) Rate of heat flow through BO and OD is not same
3KAT0
(C) Total Rate of heat flow from A to C is
2a
(D*) Temperature at junctions B, O and D are same
(A) ABC, AOC rFkk ADC ls çokfgr Å"ek dh nj leku gSA
(B) BO rFkk OD ls çokfgr Å"ek dh nj leku ugha gSA
3KAT0
(C) A ls C dh vksj çokfgr Å"ek dh dqy nj gSA
2a
(D*) B, O rFkk D lfU/k ij rki leku gSA
Sol. By symmetry leferh ls
AB = BC & AD = DC
No current in BO and OD
BO rFkk OD esa dksbZ /kkjk çokfgr ugha gS
TB = TO = TD
10. The temperature of an spherical isolated black body falls from T 1 to T2 in time 't'. Then time t is :
,d foyfxr xksyh; d`".k oLrq dk rki T1 ls T2 rd 't' le; esa fxjrk gS rks le; t gS :
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) t (B) t 2 2 (C*) t 3 3 (D) t 4 4
T2 T1 T T1 T T1 T T1
2 2 2
dT
Sol. Power radiated mRlftZr 'kfDr P = 4r2T4 = ms
dt
dT 4r 2 dt
= = c dt
T4 m
T2
dT 1 1
= ct t= K 3 3.
T1 T4 T2 T1
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
11. A planet is at an average distance d from the sun, and its average surface temperature is constant and
equal to T. Assume that the planet receives energy only from the sun, and loses energy only through
radiation from its surface. Neglect atmospheric effects. If T d–n, the value of n is (Power of sun
assumed to be constant)
,d xzg dh lw;Z ls vkSlr nwjh d gS] rFkk bldk vkSlr i`"Bh; rkieku fu;r gS rFkk T ds cjkcj gSA ekfu, fd xzg
ij dsoy lw;Z ls ÅtkZ çkIr gksrh gS rFkk bldh lrg ls ÅtkZ gkfu dsoy fofdj.k }kjk gksrh gSA ok;qe.Myh; çHkko
ux.; ysaosA ;fn T d–n gS rc n dk eku gS (ekfu, fd lw;Z dh 'kfDr (power) fu;r gS)
1 1
(A) 2 (B) 1 (C*) (D)
2 4
Sol. Let P = power radiated by the sun, R = radius of planet.
P
Power received by planet = R 2 .
4 d2
12. 3 spheres A, B and C having radii R,2R and 3R respectively are coated with carbon black on their
surfaces. The wavelengths corresponding to maximum intensity are 3000Å, 4000 Å and 5000 Å
respectively. The power radiated by them are QA, QB and QC .
3 xksys A, B rFkk C ftudh f=kT;k,sa Øe'k% R, 2R rFkk 3R gS] dh lrg dks dkcZu CySd ls ikWfy'k fd;k x;k gSA
vf/kdre rhozrk ds laxr rjaxnS/;Z Øe'k% 3000 Å, 4000 Å rFkk 5000 Å gSA muds }kjk fofdfjr 'kfDr Øe'k%
QA, QB rFkk QC gSA
(A) QA is maximum among all (B*) QB is maximum among all
(C) QC is maximum among all (D) QA = QB = QC
(A) QA lHkh ls vf/kdre gksxkA (B*) QB lHkh ls vf/kdre gksxkA
(C) QC lHkh ls vf/kdre gksxkA (D) QA = QB = QC
Sol. Wein's law ohu dk fu;e mT b
4
Stefan's law LVhQu dk fu;e P= eAT4 = e4R2 b
m
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
13. The ends Q and R of two thin wires, PQ and RS, are soldered (joined) together. Initially each of the
wires has a length of 1m at 10 °C. Now the end P is maintained at 10 °C, while the end S is heated and
maintained at 400 °C. The system is thermally insulated from its surroundings. If the thermal
conductivity of wire PQ is twice that of the wire RS and the coefficient of linear thermal expansion of PQ
is 1.2 × 10–5 K–1, the change in length of the wire PQ is.
,d irys rkj PQ ds Nksj Q dks vU; irys rkj RS ds Nksj R ij Vkadk yxkdj (soldered) tksM+k x;k gSA
10 °C ij nksuksa rkjksa dh yEckbZ 1m gSA vc bl fudk; ds Nksj P rFkk Nksj S dks Øe'k% 10 °C rFkk 400 °C ij
Å"ek nsdj fLFkj j[kk tkrk gSA ;g fudk; pkjksa vksj ls Å"ekjks/kh gSA ;fn rkj PQ dh Å"ek pkydrk rkj RS dh
Å"ek pkydrk ls nqxquh gS rFkk rkj PQ dk js[kh; Å"eh; izlkj xq.kkad 1.2 × 10–5 K–1 gS] rc rkj PQ dh yEckbZ
esa ifjorZu dk eku gS
(A*) 0.78 mm (B) 0.90 mm (C) 1.56 mm (D) 2.34 mm
Ans. (A)
P 1m Q,R 1m S
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
v v0
Sol. Frequency of horn directly heard by observer f
v vc
v
Frequency of echo = f
v vc
Frequency of echo of horn as heard by observer.
v v v0
f.
v vc v
1 1 2v c (v v 0 )
Frquency of Beats : = (v + v0) f = f
v vc v vc (v 2 v c2 )
v v0
Sol. izs{kd }kjk lh/kh lquh x;h gkWuZ dh vko`fÙk f
v vc
v
izfr/ofu dh vko`fÙk = f
v vc
v v v0
izs{kd }kjk lquh xbZ gkWuZ dh izfr/ofu dh vko`fÙk f.
v vc v
1 1 2v (v v )
foLian dh vko`fÙk : = (V + V0) F =
c 0
f
v vc v vc (v 2 v c2 )
N
15. One mole of a perfect gas, initially at a pressure and temperature of 10 5
and 300 K respectively,
m2
expands isothermally until its volume is doubled and then adiabatically until its volume is again
doubled. (given = 1.4).
,d eksy iw.kZ xSl ftldk izkfjEHkd nkc rFkk rki Øe'k% 105 rFkk 300 K gS] dks lerkih; :i ls blds nqxus
vk;ru rd izlkfjr fd;k tkrk gS rFkk fQj :}ks"e :i ls iqu% bl vk;ru ds nqxqus vk;ru gksus rd izlkfjr
djrs gSA (fn;k x;k gS = 1.4).
P
v
v1 v2 v3
vr% vafre nkc rFkk rkieku Øe'k% 1.9 104 N/m2 rFkk 227.35 K gaSA
16. Water at 50 ºC is filled in a cubical container of side 1 m. The thickness of the walls of the container is
1 mm. The container is surrounded by large amount of ice at 0 ºC. The temperature of the water
becomes 25 ºC in 10 n 2 seconds. Choose the correct options.
1m Hkqtk okys ?kuh; ik=k esa 50 ºC ij ikuh Hkjk gqvk gSA ik=k dh nhokj dh eksVkbZ 1 mm gSA ik=k cQZ (0° okyk) ls
pkjksa vksj ls f?kjk gqvk gSA ikuh dk rkieku 10 n 2 lSd.M esa 25 ºC igq¡p tkrk gSA lgh dFkuksa dk pquko djsaA
[ Given, specific heat of water = 1 cal/gm degree ;
[ fn;k gS , ikuh dh fof'k"V Å"ek = 1 cal/gm degree ;
latent heat of fusion of ice = 80 cal/gm; density of water = 1 gm/cm 3;
heat capacity of the container 0 ]
cQZ ds xyu dh xqIr Å"ek = 80 cal/gm; ikuh dk ?kuRo = 1 gm/cm3;
ik=k dh Å"ek /kkfjrk 0 ]
(A*) thermal conductivity of the material is 70 J/m ºC
(B) thermal conductivity of the material is 60 J/m ºC
(C*) Mass of the ice melted is 312.5 kg
(D) Mass of the ice melted is 252 kg
(A*) inkFkZ dh Å"eh; pkydrk 70 J/m ºC gSA
(B) inkFkZ dh Å"eh; pkydrk 60 J/m ºC gSA
(C*) fi?kyus okys cQZ dk æO;eku 312.5 kg gSA
(D) fi?kyus okys cQZ dk æO;eku 252 kg gSA
Sol. Let at any instant temperature of water be T, then heat current
kA
i= . (T 0) (1)
x
where A = 6 a2 = 6 m2; x = thickness = 1 mm = 103 m
dQ dT
Rate of heat lost from water, = m s (2)
dt dt
25 10 n 2
dT kAT dT kA
So, we get from (1) & (2), ms = – = dt
dt x 50
T mSx 0
kA kA(10)
n (2) = . 10 (n 2) So, =1
mSx mSx
mSx (103 kg)(4.2 10 3 J/ kg C)10 3m
Putting values k = = = k = 70 J/m ºC
10A 10 (6m3 )
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Total heat transferred will be = total heat
kA
Q= dQ = x
T d t Lost by water.
kA kA(10)
n (2) = . 10 (n 2) vr%, =1
mSx mSx
mSx (103 kg)(4.2 10 3 J/ kg C)10 3m
eku j[kus ij k = = = k = 70 J/m ºC
10A 10 (6m3 )
dqy fLFkjkUrj.k Å"ek gksxh = dqy Å"ek
kA
Q= dQ = x
T dt ikuh }kjk [kksbZ gqbZ Å"ek
Q = m S T = 103 4200 25 J = (106 gm) (1 cal) (25) = m ice L
106 25 25000
fn;k gS mice = gm = kg = 312.5 kg
80 80
fi?kyh gqbZ cQZ dk nzO;eku = 312.5 kg
17. The ends of a rod of uniform thermal conductivity are maintained at different (constant) temperatures.
After the steady state is achieved :
(A*) heat flows in the rod from high temperature to low temperature even if the rod has nonuniform
cross sectional area.
(B) temperature gradient along length is same even if the rod has non uniform cross sectional area.
(C*) heat current is same even if the rod has non-uniform cross sectional area.
(D) if the rod has uniform cross sectional area the temperature is same at all points of the rod.
leku Å"eh; pkydrk okyh NM+ ds fljksa dks fHkUu&fHkUu rki ¼fu;r½ ij j[kk tkrk gSA dqN le; ckn LFkkbZ
voLFkk izkIr gks tkrh gS :
(A*) ;fn NM+ dk vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy vleku gks] rc Hkh Å"ek mPp rki ls fuEu rki dh vksj cgsxhA
(B) ;fn NM+ dk vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy vleku gks] rc Hkh rki izo.krk izR;sd Hkkx esa leku gksxkA
(C*) ;fn NM+ dk vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy vleku gks] rc Hkh Å"eh; /kkjk izR;sd Hkkx esa leku gksxhA
(D) ;fn NM+ dk vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy leku gks rks NM+ ds izR;sd fcUnq dk rki leku gksxkA
Sol. Heat obviously flows from higher temperature to lower temperature in steady state. A is true.
1
Temperature gradient in steady state. B is false.
cross sec tion area
Thermal current through each cross section area is same. C is true.
Temperature decreases along the length of the rod from higher temperature end to lower temperature
end. D is false.
Sol. Å"ek lkE;koLFkk eas ges'kk mPp rki ls fuEu rki dh vksj cgrh gS A lR; gSA
1
rki ço.krk lkE;koLFkk eas B vlR; gSA
vuqçLFk dkV {ks=kQy
çR;sd vuqizLFk dkV dk {ks=kQy ls xqtjus okyh Å"eh; /kkjk leku gksrh gSA C lR; gSA
xeZ fljs ls B.Ms fljs dh vksj tSls&tSls yEckbZ ds vuqfn'k vkxs tkrs gS] rks rki ?kVrk gSA D vlR; gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
18. A black body has a temperature of 'T' (in kelvin) and wavelength ‘’ corresponding to maximum energy
density. When body cools, percentage change in the wavelength corresponding to the maximum
energy density is 900%. Then choose the correct alternative(s)
,d d`f".kdk oLrq dk rki 'T' (dSfYou esa) rFkk vf/kdre ÅtkZ ?kuRo ds laxr rjaxnS/;Z ‘’ gSA tc oLrq BaMh gksrh
gS] ml le; vf/kdre~ ÅtkZ ?kuRo ds laxr rjaxnS/;Z 900% ls ifjofrZr gksrk gSA rc lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk
p;u dhft,A
T
(A) Temperature of black body to which it is cooled is
9
(B*) Ratio of rate of emission i.e. final to initial will be 1 : 10000
9T
(C*) The magnitude of difference in two temperature
10
(D) Ratio of rate of emission i.e. final to initial will be 1 : 6561
T
(A) d`f".kdk oLrq dk rki ftl rd ;g BaMh gksrh gS] gSA
9
(B*) mRltZu dh nj dk vuqikr vFkkZr~ vfUre rFkk izkjfEHkd dk vuqikr 1 : 10000 gksxkA
9T
(C*) nksuksa rkiksa esa vUrj dk ifjek.k gSA
10
(D) mRltZu dh nj dk vuqikr vFkkZr~ vfUre rFkk izkjfEHkd dk vuqikr 1 : 6561 gksxkA
Sol.(bc) = 9 fTf = iTi
f – = 9 10.Tf = T
T
f = 10 Tf
10
9T
magnitude change in 'T' esa ifjorZu dk ifjek.k
10
4
Ratef Tf
1 : 10000
Ratei Ti
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Comprehension type questions
Comprehension–3
A piano creates sound by gently striking a taut wire with a soft hammer when a key on the piano is
pressed. All piano wires in a given piano are approximately the same length. However, each wire is tied
down at two points, the bridge and the agraffe. The length of the wire between the bridge and the
agraffe is called the speaking length. The speaking length is the part of the wire that resonates. The
point of the wire struck by the hammer is displaced perpendicularly to the wire’s length . A standing
wave is generated by the hammer strike, where v is the velocity of travelling wave, T is the tension in
the wire, and µ is the mass per unit length of the wire.
T
v=
Tuning a piano involves adjustment of the tension in the wires until just the right pitch is achieved.
Correct pitch is achieved by listening to the beat frequency between the piano and a precalibrated
tuning fork.
,d fi;kuksa ds rus gq, rkjks ij NksVs ueZ gFkksMsa }kjk pksV ekjdj vkokt mRiUu dh tkrh gS] tc fi;kuksa dh ,d
dqath nck;h tkrh gSA fn;s x;s fi;kuksa esa lHkh rkj yxHkx leku yEckbZ ds gSA tcfd izR;sd rkj nks fcUnqvksa] lsrq
rFkk xzkQh (agraffe) ds e/; ruk gqvk gSA lsrq rFkk xzkQh ds e/; rkj dh yEckbZ dks ok| yEckbZ (speaking
length) dgrs gSA ok| yEckbZ rkj dk ,d Hkkx gS tks vuqukfnr gksrk gSA rkj ds fdlh fcUnq dks gFkksMsa }kjk rkj
dh yEckbZ ds yEcor~ foLFkkfir fd;k tkrk gSA gFkksMs+ dh pksV ds dkj.k ,d vizxkeh rjax mRiUu gksrh gS ftldk
T
osx v = ds }kjk fn;k tkrk gSA tgk¡ v izxkeh rjax dk osx] T jLlh esa ruko rFkk µ rkj dh bdkbZ yEckbZ dk
nzO;eku gSA
fi;kuksa esa Loj feyki ds fy, rkj ds ruko dks bl izdkj O;ofLFkr fd;k tkrk gS] tc rd dh lgh fip izkIr ugha
gks tk;sA lgh fip dks fi;kuksa rFkk Lofj=k ds e/; foLiUn vko`fr dks lqudj izkIr fd;k tkrk gSA
20. A piano with which of the following properties would deliver a note with the lowest pitch ?
(A) 100 cm speaking length ; 800 N tension (B*) 120 cm speaking length ; 700 N tension
(C) 100 cm speaking length ; 700 N tension (D) 120 cm speaking length ; 800 N tension
fi;kuksa fuEufyf[kr esa ls dkSuls xq.kksa ds dkj.k U;wure fip dk ,d Loj mRiUu djrk gS \
(A) 100 cm ok| yEckbZ; 800 N ruko (B*) 120 cm ok| yEckbZ ; 700 N ruko
(C) 100 cm ok| yEckbZ; 700 N ruko (D) 120 cm ok| yEckbZ ; 800 N ruko
n T
Sol.NB f =
2
T
f
21. A piano note is compared to a tuning fork vibrating at 440 Hz. Three beats per second are listened by
the piano tunner. When the tension in the string is increased slightly, the beat frequency increases.
What was the initial frequency of the piano wire ?
fi;kuksa Loj dk 440 Hz vko`fÙk ds Lofj=k ls feyki fd;k tkrk gSA fi;kuksa V~;wuj }kjk izfr lSd.M rhu foLiUn lqus
tkrs gSA tc jLlh esa ruko gYdk lk c<+k;k tkrk gS rks foLiUn vko`fÙk c<+Rkh gSA fi;kuksa rkj dh izkjfEHkd vko`fÙk
D;k Fkh \
(A) 434 Hz (B) 437 Hz (C*) 443 Hz (D) 446 Hz
Sol.NB f T
So f increases by increasing T.
vr% T c<+kus ij f c<+rk gS
i.e. vFkkZr~ f2 = f1 + 3 = 443 Hz]
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Comprehension-3
One mole of a diatomic gas is heated under a "Kibolinsky Process" in which gas pressure is
4
temperature controlled according to law P = CT3/2. Where C is Kibolinsky constant. In this process,
5
gas is heated by 300 K temperature. Answer the following questions.
,d f}ijek.kqd xSl ds ,d eksy dks ^^fdcksfyUldh^^ (Kibolinsky Process) izfØ;k }kjk Å"ek iznku dh tkrh gS
4
ftlesa xSl dk nkc fuEu fu;e ds vuqlkj rki ls fu;af=kr gksrk gS] P = CT3/2 tgk¡ C fdcksfyUldh fu;rkad gSA
5
bl izfØ;k esa xSl dks 300 K rki o`f) gksus rd Å"ek iznku dh tkrh gSA fuEu iz'uksa dk mÙkj nhft;sA
23. The amount of heat supplied to the gas under above heating is :
Åij nh xbZ Å"ek ds vUrZxr xSl dks iznku dh xbZ Å"ek dh ek=kk gS &
(A*) 600 R (B) – 750 R (C) – 150 R (D) None of these buesa ls dksbZ ugh
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Match the column
25. In column–II, some situations are given, and in column–I, their results are given. Match the proper
entries from column-2 to column-1 using the codes given below the columns.
Column–I Column–II
(P) 0ºC ice kept at atmospheric pressure, melts (1) Net work is done by the system
and converts into 0ºC water (ice = 0.9 water).
For the ice water system during this process.
(Q) A gas is undergoing a cyclic process. Density (2) Net work is done on the system
() v/s internal energy (U) graph is as shown.
Here process B–C is an adiabatic process.
Consider the gas as the system, for the complete
cyclic process :
(R) In a closed, non–conducting room, a fan is (3) Internal energy of the system
turned on. Consider the air in the room as a increases
system. During this process.
(S) Gas is filled in a conducting container of negligible (4) Internal energy of the system heat
capacity. The container is kept in ice–water decreases
mixture for a long time. Now the piston is slowly
brought down, till the gas is very much compressed.
Now the cylinder is coated with an insulating material
and now the piston is released. When the piston is
allowed to reach the initial position slowly then in whole
process (Assume the gas in the container to be the system).
P Q R S
(A) 3 1 4 2
(B*) 2 1 3 4
(C) 3 2 1 4
(D) 2 4 3 1
Sol. (A) When 0ºC ice converts into 0ºC water volume decreases slightly, so W system = –ve. To melt the ice,
some heat has to be given (Q = mLf) which is almost equal to increase in internal energy.
(B)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
(D) P–V diagram for the process is
(R) canvpkyd dejs esa ,d ia[kk pyk;k x;k gSA (3) fudk; dh vkarfjd ÅtkZ c<+rh gSA
dejs dh ok;q dks fudk; ekurs gq,] bl izfØ;k ds nkSjku &
(S) ux.; Å"ek /kkfjrk ds pkyd ik=k esa xSl Hkjh gqbZ gSA (4) fudk; dh vkarfjd ÅtkZ ?kVrh gSA
ik=k dks cQZ ty feJ.k esa dkQh yacs le; rd j[kk x;k gSA
vc fiLVu /khjs&/khjs uhps yk;k x;k] tc rd fd xSl dkQh
vf/kd laihfMr u gks rk,A vc csyu dks dqpkyd inkFkZ ls
ysfir dj fiLVu dks eqDr dj fn;k tkrk gSA fiLVu dks
izkjafHkd fLFkfr rd /khjs&/khjs vkus fn;k tkrk gSa rks iwjs izØe esa
¼ik=k esa xSl dks fudk; ekurs gq,½
P Q R S
(A) 3 1 4 2
(B*) 2 1 3 4
(C) 3 2 1 4
(D) 2 4 3 1
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-15
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. (A) tc 0ºC ij cQZ 0ºC ty esa ifjofrZr gksrh gS rks vk;ru FkksM+k ?kVrk gS vr% Wfudk; = –ve cQZ fi?kykus ds
fy,] dqN Å"ek (Q = mLf) nsuh gksxh tks fd vkarfjd ÅtkZ esa o`f) ds yxHkx rqY; gksxhA
(B)
fp=k ls]
W ABC = –ve
(PV)C < (PV)A TC < TA
vr% vkarfjd ÅtkZ ?kVsxhA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-16
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
PHYSICS
INFORM ATIO
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
20 I 0 I
(C*) 2 (D) 2
3qa 1 – 2 qa 1 – 2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
U
2. At distance ' r ' from a point charge, the ratio (where ' U ' is energy density and ' V ' is potential) is
V2
best represented by :
u
,d fcUnq vkos'k ls 'r' nwjh ij vuqikr dk nwjh ds lkFk ifjorZu fuEu esa ls fdl xzkQ ds vuqlkj iznf'kZr gksxkA
v2
(tgk¡ u ÅtkZ ?kuRo rFkk 'v' foHko gS)
1 1 0K 2Q2
Sol. U= 0E2 =
2 2 r4
1 Q2
0K 2 4
KQ U 1 0
V= , = 2 2 2r =
r V2 K Q 2 r2
r2
U 1
because D;ksafd 2
2
V r
so the correct option is B. blfy, lgh dFku B gSA
3. The radius of a spherical planet having uniformly distributed mass is R. A satellite revolves around it in
a circle of radius 'r' with angular speed . The acceleration due to gravity on planet’s surface will be
R f=kT;k ds ,d xksykdkj xzg esa nzO;eku ,d leku:i ls forjhr gSA ,d mixzg blds pkjks vksj r f=kT;k ds o`Ùk esa
dks.kh; pky ls ?kw.kZu dj jgk gSA xzg dh lrg ij xq:Roh; Roj.k dk eku gksxk&
r3 r 2 3 r 3 2 r 2 2
(A) (B) (C*) (D)
R R R2 R
2
GM g r 2
Sol. g r2 , Hence vr% g0 g r 3 2
r3 r R R
4. Orbital velocity of a satellite in its orbit (around earth) of radius 'r' is 'v'. It collides with another body in its
orbit and comes to rest just after the collision. Taking the radius of earth as R, the speed with which it
will fall on the surface of earth will be :
i`Foh ds fxnZ ,d mixzg dh r f=kT;k dh d{kk esa d{kh; osx v gSA ;g viuh d{kk esa ,d vU; fi.M ls Vdjkdj
fLFkj gks tkrk gSA i`Foh dh f=kT;k R ekurs gq,] Hkw&i`"B ij fxjrs le; bldh pky gksxh :
r r v r
(A) v ( 1) (B*) v 2( 1) (C) (D) v 2( 1)
R R r R
2( 1)
R
GM
Sol. v ........(1)
r
GMm GMm 1
mv 2 .........(2)
r R 2
r
From (1) and (2) we have v’= v 2( 1)
R
r
(1) rFkk (2) ls v’= v 2( 1)
R
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-2
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
5. A meteorite approaching a planet of mass M (in the straight line passing through the centre of the
planet) collides with an automatic space station orbiting the planet in a circular trajectory of radius R.
The mass of the station is ten times as large as the mass of the meteorite. As a result of the collision,
the meteorite sticks with the station which goes over to a new orbit with the minimum distance R/2 from
the planet. Speed of the meteorite just before it collides with the space station is : .
,d mYdkfi.M ,d M nzO;eku ds xzg dh vksj vk jgk gS (xzg ds dsUnz ls xqtjus okyh lh/kh js[kk ds vuqfn'k )A og
xzg ds pkjksa vksj R f=kT;k ds o`Ùkkdkj iFk esa pDdj dkV jgs Lopfyr vUrfj{k LVs'ku ls Vdjkrk gSA vUrfj{k
LVs'ku dk nzO;eku mYdkfi.M ds nzO;eku dk 10 xq.kk gSA VDdj ds i'pkr~ mYdkfi.M] LVs'ku ls fpid tkrk gS
rFkk ;s ubZ d{kk esa LFkkfir gks tkrs gSA d{kk dh xzg ls U;wu re nwjh R/2 gSA VDdj ds Bhd igys mYdkfi.M dh
pky gksxh%
58GM 38GM 28GM 18GM
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
R R R R
Sol. As the space station is moving in circular orbit,
varfj{k LVs'ku o`Ùkh; d{kk esa ?kwe jgk gS vr%
GM(10m) (10m)v 02 GM
= v0 = ...(i)
R2 R R
Let u be the velocity of meteorite.
ekuk fd mYdk fi.M dk osx u gSA
Velocity of the space station after collision can be obtained from momentum conservation.
VDdj ds i'pkr varfj{k LVs'ku dk osx laosx laj{k.k ls izkIr fd;k tk ldrk gSA
u
mu = (10m + m) v1 v1 =
11
10
10 m . v0 = (10 m + m) v2 v2 = v0
11
Let v be the velocity of space station at closest distance
ekuk fd U;wure nwjh ij varfj{k LVs'ku dk osx v gSA
from angular momentum conservation dks.kh; laosx laj{k.k ls
20 v 0
R
10 m v0 × R = 11 mv v = 11
2
from energy conservation ÅtkZ laj{k.k ls
1 GM(11 m) 1 GM.11 m
× (11 m) (v12 + v22) – = × (11m) v2 –
2 R 2 R/2
2 2 2
u 10v 0 2GM 20v 0 4GM u2 400v 02 100v 02 2GM
11 11 R =
11 R 11 112 112 R
GM GM
u2 = (400 – 100 – 242) = 58
R R
58GM
Ans: u =
R
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
6. AB is a uniform rod of mass M and a point mass m is placed at origin as shown in figure. The direction of
force on point mass m due to rod makes an angle with positive x-axis, where is
Replacing the rod by circular arc, we can see F should act along angle – bisector of the circular arc
NM+ dks o`rkdkj pki ls izfrLFkkfir djus ij ge ns[k ldrs gS] fd F o`rkdkj pki ds lef)Hkktd dks.k ds vuqfn'k
dk;Zjr gksrk gSA
15
Allternate Solution
cos 1 cos 2 3 1
tan = = 15°
sin 1 sin 2 3 1
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
One or more than one choice correct type Questions
7. Two infinite, parallel, non–conducting thin sheets carry equal positive charge density . One is placed in
the yz plane and the other at x = a. Take potential V = 0 at x = 0. Choose the correct statements
nks vuUr] lekUrj] iryh vpkyd ifêdkvksa ij cjkcj /kukRed vkos'k ?kuRo gSA ,d dks y-z ry esa rFkk nwljh
dks x = a nwjh ij j[krs gSaA x = 0 ij foHko V = 0 ekusaA lgh dFkuksa dk pquko djsaA
(A*) For 0 x a, potential V = 0. (B*) For x a, potential V = (x a)
0
(C) For x a, potential V = (x a) (D*) For x 0 potential V = x
0 0
(A*) 0 x a ds fy,] foHko V = 0. (B*) x a ds fy,] foHko V = (x a)
0
(C) x a ds fy,] foHko V = (x a) (D*) x 0 ds fy,] foHko V = x
0 0
x
Sol.
0
0 x a : V = Ex dx V(0)
= 0 (as Ex = 0)
x x
x a ; V = Ex dx V(a) =
dx V(a)
a 0
=
0
(x – a)
a
x
0
x 0 ; V = Ex dx V(0) = .x + V(0)
0
=
0
.x .
AP
8. A charge 'q' is placed on the diagonal AP of a cube at a distance from the point A. Choose the
3
correct options.
AP
,d 'q' vkos'k dks ?ku ds fod.kZ AP ij j[kk x;k gSA A ls vkos'k dh nwjh gSA lgh dFkuksa dk pquko djsaA
3
q
(A*) the sum of electric flux passing through the surfaces ABCD and PQRS is
30
q
i`"B ABCD rFkk PQRS ls xqtjus okys oS|qr ¶yDl dk ;ksx gSA
30
q
(B) the sum of electric flux passing through the surfaces ABCD and PQRS is
80
q
i`"B ABCD rFkk PQRS ls xqtjus okys oS|qr ¶yDl dk ;ksx gSA
80
(C) the flux through both the surfaces ABCD and PQRS are same
nksuks i`"B ABCD rFkk PQRS ls xqtjus okyk oS|qr ¶yDl leku gSA
(D*) the flux through the surfaces ABCD is larger than the flux through surface PQRS.
i`"B ABCD ls xqtjus okyk ¶yDl i`"B PQRS ls xqtjus okys ¶yDl ls T;knk gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. (a) We can easily see that charge q is placed symetrically to surface ABCD, ABSR and ADQR.
Charge q is also placed symetrically to rest of the surfaces.
If the flux through the surface ABCD is x and through RSPQ is y then the total flux will be 3x + 3y
Now by Gauss law
(a) ge ns[k ldrs gS fd vkos'k lrg ABCD, ABSR rFkk ADQR ls lefer gSA
vkos'k q ckdh lrgksa ds lkis{k Hkh lefer gSA
;fn ABCD lrg ls x ¶yDl fudy jgk gks rFkk RSPQ ls y ¶yDl fudy jgk gks rks dqy ¶yDl 3x + 3y gksxkA
Now by Gauss law vc xkÅal ds fu;e ls
qin
=
0
q
3x + 3y =
0
q
x+y=
30
(d) Flux through two surfaces are not same flux via ABCD is larger.
nksuksa lrgks ls ¶yDl leku ugha gksxk cfYd ABCD ls vf/kd gksxkA
q
Ans. (a) (b) Flux through two surfaces are not same flux via ABCD is larger.
30
q
Ans. (a) (b) nksuksa lrgks ls ¶yDl leku ugha gksxk cfYd ABCD ls vf/kd gksxkA
30
9. An earth satellite is revolving in a circular orbit of radius a with a velocity v0. Mass of earth is M. A gun in
v
the satellite is directly aimed toward earth. A bullet is fired from the gun with muzzle velocity 0 .
2
Assume that mass of the satellite is very-very large with respect to the mass of the bullet.
Choose the correct option(s) :
4a
(A) Maximum distance of bullet from the centre of earth is
3
v0
(B*) Minimum speed of bullet (relative to earth) is
2
3v 0
(C) Minimum speed of bullet (relative to earth) is
4
3/2
2 4a
(D*) Time period of motion of bullet around earth is T =
GM 3
,d i`Foh mixzg v0 osx ls a f=kT;k dh o`Ùkkdkj d{kk esa pDdj yxk jgk gSA i`Foh dk nzO;eku M gSA mixzg esa ,d
v0
cUnwd dk fu'kkuk lh/kk i`Foh dh vksj gSaA cUnwd ls xksyh cUnwd ds lkis{k pky esa nkxh tkrh gSA ¼;g ekfu;s
2
fd mixzg dk nzO;eku xksyh ds nzO;eku ds lkis{k cgqr vf/kd gSA½
4a
(A) i`Foh ds dsUnz ls xksyh dh vf/kdre nwjh gSA
3
v0
(B*) i`Foh ds lkis{k xksyh dh U;wure pky gSA
2
3v 0
(C) i`Foh ds lkis{k xksyh dh U;wure pky gSA
4
3/2
2 4a
(D*) i`Foh ds pkjks vksj xfr djrh gqbZ xksyh dk vkorZdky T = gSA
GM 3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
GM
Sol. v0
a
mv0a = mvr
1 2 v 02 GMm 1 GMm
m v0 = mv2 –
2 4 a 2 r
2a
Solving gy djus ij, rmax = 2a, rmin =
3
4a
length of semi-major axis =
3
10. A solid spherical planet of mass 2m and radius 'R' has a very thin tunnel along its diameter. A small
cosmic particle of mass m is at a distance 2R from the centre of the planet as shown. Both are initially
at rest, and due to gravitational attraction, both start moving toward each other. After some time, the
cosmic particle passes through the centre of the planet. (Assume the planet and the cosmic particle are
isolated from other planets)
,d Bksl xksyh; xzg ftldk nzO;eku 2m o f=kT;k 'R' gS] esa O;kl ds vuqfn'k iryh lqjax gSA n'kkZ;suqlkj xzg ds
dsUnz ls 2R nwjh ij nzO;eku m dk ,d NksVk vkdk'kh; d.k fLFkr gSA nksauks gh çkjEHk esa fLFkj gS o xq:Rokd"kZ.k ds
dkj.k nksuksa ,d&nwljs dh vksj xfr 'kq: djrs gSA dqN le; i'pkr~ vkdk'kh; d.k xzg ds dsUnz ls xqtjrk gSA (eku
yhft, fd xzg o vkdk'kh; d.k nwljs xzgksa ls foyfxr gS)
4R
(A*) Displacement of the cosmic particle till that instant is
3
(B*) Acceleration of the cosmic particle at that instant is zero
8Gm
(C*) velocity of the cosmic particle at that instant is
3R
2Gm2
(D) Total work done by the gravitational force on both the particle is
R
4R
(A*) bl {k.k rd vkdk'kh; d.k dk foLFkkiu gSA
3
(B*) bl {k.k ij vkdk'kh; d.k dk Roj.k 'kwU; gSA
8Gm
(C*) bl {k.k rd vkdk'kh; d.k dk osx gSA
3R
2Gm2
(D) xq:Roh; cy }kjk nksuksa d.kksa ij fd;k x;k dqy dk;Z gSA
R
Sol.
(C)
Applying momentum conservation, laosx laj{k.k ls
0 = mv1 – 2mv2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
v1
v2 = ................(i)
2
From energy conservation, ÅtkZ laj{k.k ls
k i + Ui = k f + U f
G(2m) 1 1 3 G(2m)
0 m = mv12 + (2m) v22 + (m) ..........(ii)
2R 2 2 2 R
Solving eqn.(i) & (ii) get, lehdj.k (i) o (ii) gy djus ij
8Gm
v1 =
3R
(A) COM will be fixed so, COM fLFkj jgsxk] vr%
m s m2s2
Scm = 1 1
m1 m2
(m)(x) (2m)( (2R x)) 4R
0= x=
m 2m 3
(B) Fnet = 0 a=0
G(2m) 3 G(2m)
(D) W gr = U Wgr = m– – m.
2R 2 R
GM1M2
m1r12 = ; r1 r2 = 9r
(9r)2
where r is dist between earth and sun tgk¡ lw;Z rFkk i`Foh ds chp nwjh gS
2
M2 9r 2 GM1M2
M1 . .... (1)
M1 M2 3 (9r)2
for the earth : i`Foh ds fy,
2
2 GMMS
M r = ....(2)
1 r2
from (1) and rFkk (2) ls
(M1 + M2) = 81 MS
If ;fn M1 = Ms
M2 = 80 MS = 20n MS n=4
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-8
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
12. Two uniformly charged identical non-conducting rings of radius R are fixed coaxially at separation of
2R. A uniformly charged non-conducting sphere of radius R is placed between rings such that its centre
lies at the mid point of line joining the centres of two rings. Charge on ring 1 is Q. Electric field and
KQ 1 2 2
potential is zero at centre of the sphere. If the potential at the centre of ring 2 1 then,
R x y
x + y will be :
R f=kT;k dh nks ,d leku le:Ik vkosf'kr dqpkyd oy; lekf{k; :i ls ,d nwljs ls 2R nwjh ij fLFkr gSA R
f=kT;k dk le:Ik vkosf'kr dqpkyd xksyk bu nksuksa dq.Mfy;ksa ds e/; bl izdkj j[kk tkrk gS fd bldk dsUnz nksuks
dq.Mfy;ksa ds dsUnzksa dks feykus okyh js[kk ds e/; fcUnq ij fLFkr gSA oy; 1 ij vkos'k Q gSA xksys ds dsUnz ij
KQ 1 2 2
fo|qr {ks=k rFkk foHko 'kwU; gSA ;fn oy; 2 ds dsUnz ij foHko 1 gks rks x + y dk eku Kkr
R x y
djks&
Ans. 8
Sol. Charge on ring 2 will also be Q so that E is zero at centre of sphere.
Oky; 2 dk vkos'k Hkh Q gksuk pkfg, rkfd xksys ds dsUnz ij fo|qr {ks=k 'kwU; gksA
13. In given arrangement side of each small square is d. Two point charges q and q' are placed as shown
in the figure. If the total electric field at A is as shown in the figure below and potential at point A is given
nq
by then find n.
80 d
fn;s x;s vfHkfoU;kl esa izR;sd NksVs oxZ dh Hkqtk d gSA nks fcUnq vkos'k q o q' fp=kkuqlkj j[ks gq, gSA ;fn A ij dqy
nq
oS|qr {ks=k uhps fp=k esa n'kkZ;s vuqlkj gS rFkk fcUnq A ij foHko }kjk fn;k x;k gSA rc n Kkr dhft,A
80 d
A
q'
E d
q d
Ans. 2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. Since the degree of E with horizontal and vertical is 45°, magnitudes of Eq and Eq' must be equal.
pwfd E dk {kSfrt o Å/okZ/kj ls >qdko 45° gS vr% Eq o Eq' dk ifjek.k fuf'pr gh cjkcj gksxkA
| q' | | q' | | q|
Eq' k k 2 Eq k 2
2d
2
4d d
q' = –4q
k4q q q q
potential of point A fcUnq A ij foHko VA = V' + V = k k =
2d d d 40 d
14. Equipotential surfaces differing in potential by 1volt are drawn around a positive point charge. The
distance of the nearest surface differing in potential by 1V from the surface at 5V is 10cm. The distance
of the other surface differing by 1V from the 5V surface is 5x cm, calculate x.
,d /kukRed fcUnqor vkos'k ds pkjksa vksj Øekxr lefoHko i`"B ,d nqljs ls ,d oksYV foHkokUrj ij f[kaps tkrs gSA
vkUrfjd fudVre lefoHko i`"B tks 5V foHko okys i`"B ds lkis{k ,d oksYV foHkokUrj ij gS ds e/; nwjh 10cm gS
5V foHko okys i`"B ds lkis{k ,d oksYV foHkokUrj okys vU; ckgjh i`"B dh nwjh 5x cm gks rks x dk eku Kkr djksA
Ans. 3
Sol. Two surfaces are possible which are at 1V potential difference from the surface of 5V potential
5V foHko okys lrg ls 1V oksYV foHkokUrj okyh nks lrg fp=k esa iznfk'kZr gS 5V foHko okyh lrg ds fy,
1 q
5 . …….. (i)
40 R
1 q
for inner surface vkUrfjd lrg ds fy, 6 . …….. (ii)
40 R r1
1 q
for outer surface ckgjh lrg ds fy, 4 . …….. (iii)
40 R r2
from equation (i) and (ii) r1 r2
lehdj.k (i) rFkk (ii) ls r1 r2
So blfy, r1 10cm ( given) ¼fn;k gS½
From (i), (ii) and (iii)
Lehdj.k (i), (ii) rFkk (iii) ls
r2 15cm
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Column matching type Questions
Table –1
Three columns and four rows are given. In column–1 a charged body and two points A and B are
shown. In column–2, intensity of electric field at A or B is written and in column–3 potential difference
between A and B i.e. VA – VB is written. Answer Q.15. Q16 and Q.17 by appropriately matching the
information given in the three columns of the following table.
rhu LrEHk rFkk pkj iafDr;k¡ nh xbZ gSa LrEHk–1 esa vkosf'kr oLrq rFkk nks fcUnq n'kkZ;s x;s gSaA LrEHk nks esa fcUnqvksa A
rFkk B ij fo|qr {kS=k dh rhozrk n'kkZbZ xbZ gSA LrEHk–3 esa A rFkk B ds e/; foHkokUrj vFkkZr~ VA – VB fn;k x;k gSA
iz'u la[;k 15, 16 ,oa 17 dk mÙkj lgh feyku djds nhft;sA
2R
B
Conducting sphere, charge Q, radius R
KQ 7KQ
B. Q. EA 2
2. VA VB
2R 8R
R/2
2R
B
Uniformly charged solid non conducting
sphere, charge Q, radius R.
4KQ KQ
C. R. EA 2
3. VA VB
15R 2R
R/2
2R
B
Charged solid non conducting sphere,
radius R, charge density varies with
r
radial distance as = 0 (within the
R
sphere), total charge Q.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
KQ 19KQ
D. S. EA 2
4. VA VB
4R 24R
R/2
A
2 2R
B
Charged solid nonconducting sphere,
radius R. Total charge Q, charge density
R
from r 0 is half of charge density
2
R
from R > r >
2
LrEHk–1 LrEHk –2 LrEHk –3
KQ 5KQ
A. P. EB 2
1. VA VB
4R 6R
R/2
2R
B
pkyd xksyk] vkos'k Q, f=kT;k R
KQ 7KQ
B. Q. EA 2
2. VA VB
2R 8R
R/2
2R
B
le:i vkosf'kr Bksl vpkyd xksyk] vkos'k
Q, f=kT;k R
4KQ KQ
C. R. EA 2
3. VA VB
15R 2R
R/2
2R
B
vkosf'kr Bksl vpkyd xksyk] f=kT;k R, vkos'k
0 r
?kuRo f=kT;k ds lkFk = ds vuqlkj
R
ifjofrZr gS (xksys ds vUnj), dqy vkos'k Q.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
KQ 19KQ
D. S. EA 2
4. VA VB
4R 24R
R/2
A
2 2R
B
vkosf'kr vpkyd Bksl xksyk] f=kT;k R, dqy
R
vkos'k Q, r 0 ij vkos'k ?kuRo]
2
R
R>r> ij vkos'k ?kuRo ls vk/kk
2
VA = E.dr E.dr
E.dr
R
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
R/2
KQ KQ KQ KQ R3
=
R
4
R
R
r 2 dr
R 3R4
8
R3
KQ KQ 7R3 KQ 7KQ 31KQ
=
R 3R4 8 R 24R 24R
31KQ KQ 19KQ
VA – VB =
24R 2R 24R
4 R 3
4 R3
(D) Q= R3 (2)
3 8 3 8
R3 4 7R3 R3 7R3 15R3 5R3
= 2
6 3 8 6 3 6 2
2Q
=
5R3
4 R3
K K 1 R3 2Q
3 8
EA = 6 5R3
KQ
EB = ,
4R 2 R
2
R2
2 4
4 KQ
EA =
15 R2
KQ
VB =
2R
4 4 R3
K R3 2 K
2 R2 3 8
3
VA = 3R
2R3 4 R/2
4 KR3 11R2 K1 3
= R
3 R3 4 R3
2Q
KR3
=
4 5R3 11 K R3 2Q
4 3R
3 R 5R3
22KQ 2KQ 20KQ 4KQ
=
15R 15R 15R 3R
4KQ KQ 5KQ
VA – BB =
3R 2R 6R
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Table –3
A planet of mass m is revolving around sun (Mass M) in elliptical orbit of semi major axis a and semi
3a
minor axis . Three points A, B and C are shown on the trajectory of planet. Column–1 shows the
5
position of planet, column–2 shows radius of curvature of the path of planet and column–3 shows
kinetic energy of planet. Answer Q.18. Q19 and Q.20 by appropriately matching the information
given in the three columns of the following table.
,d xzg ftldk æO;eku m gS] lw;Z (æO;eku M) ds pkjksa vksj nh?kZo`Ùkkdkj d{kk esa pDdj yxk jgk gSA nh?kZo`Ùkkdkj
3a
d{kk dh v)Z nh?kZ v{k a rFkk v)Z y?kq v{k A rhu fcUnq A, B rFkk C xzg dh d{kk ij n'kkZ;s x;s gSaA LrEHk–1
5
esa xzg dh fLFkfr n'kkZ;h xbZ gS rFkk LrEHk–2 esa d{kk dh oØrk f=kT;k n'kkZ;h xbZ gS rFkk LrEHk–3 esa xzg dh xfrt
ÅtkZ n'kkZ;h xbZ gSA mfpr feyku djrs gq, iz'u 18, 19 ,oa 20 dk mÙkj nhft;sA
B
a 3a
C S 5
F A
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-15
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
GMm
mv2 =
a
53°
GMm
2 3 mv 2 GMm
GMm
a
a 5 2 a
5
= a
3
GMm GMm 5GMm
(C) at position C E= ,U=
2a a/5 a
GMm 5GMm 9GMm 1
K= mv 2
2a a 2a 2
9GMm
mv2 =
a
25GMm mv 2 9GMm
a2 a
9a
=
25
3R
21. Find the electric potential at r = R and at r = 3R, where r is the radial distance from the centre.
Q Q
Ans. ,
4 0R 6 0R
23. Compute the total electrostatic energy stored in the system. The inner shell is now connected to the
external one by a conducting wire, which passes through a very small hole in the middle shell. Assume
that the distribution of the charge over any shell is spherically symmetric.
Q2
Ans.
4 0R
24 Compute the potential at r = R and the charge on the spheres of radii R and 3R
Q 2Q1 Q 7Q
Ans. , Q1 , Q2
12 0R 2 2
25. Compute the electric field at r = 5/2R
3Q
Ans. r̂
50 0R 2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-16
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
PHYSICS
INFORM ATIO
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
3 8 25 V
Req = = i0 = = 24 Amp.
4 6 12 Req
3
i1 = × 24 = 18 Amp.
4
4
i2 = × 24 = 16 Amp.
6
Current in the branch AB 'kk[kk AB esa /kkjk
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
i = 2 Amp.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-2
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2. AB is potentiometer wire of resistance per unit length 0.09 /cm and is an unknown emf of a battery
to be measured. cannot be measured using the potentiometer shown if the value of is (select the
most appropriate answer)
AB ,d izfr bdkbZ yEckbZ izfrjks/k 0.09 /cm okyk ,d foHkoekih rkj gS rFkk fo|qr okgd cy dh ,d vKkr
fo|qr okgd cy dh cSVjh gS ftldks ekik tkrk gSA iznf'kZr foHkoekih }kjk ds eku dks ugha ekik tk ldrk ;fn
dk eku gks ¼lcls mfpr mRrj Nk¡fV;sa½
(A) greater than 8.0 V (B) greater than 8.5 V (C*) greater than 9.0 V (D) greater than 9.5 V
(A) 8.0 V ls vf/kd (B) 8.5 V ls vf/kd (C*) 9.0 V ls vf/kd (D) 9.5 V ls vf/kd
Sol. Potential on AB wire is 9V.
Hence greater then 9v cannot be measured.
Sol. AB rkj ij foHko 9V gS .
vr% 9v ls T;knk dk eku Kkr ugha dj ldrs
3. An ammeter A of finite resistance and a resistor R are joined in series to an ideal cell C. A
potentiometer P is joined in parallel to R. The ammeter reading is I0 & the potentiometer reading is V0. P
is now replaced by a voltmeter of finite resistance. The ammeter reading now is I and the voltmeter
reading is V.
,d vkn'kZ lsy C ds lkFk ifjfer izfrjks/k dk ,d vehVj A o ,d izfrjks/k R Js.kh Øe ls tksM+rs gSA ,d foHkoekih
P dks R ds lekaukrj esa tksM+rs gSA vehVj dk ikB;kad 0 vkSj foHkoekih dk ikB;kad V0 gSA vc P dks ifjfer
izfrjks/k okys oksYVehVj ls cny nsrs gSA vc vehVj dk ikB~;kad o oksYV ehVj dk ikB~;kad V gS] rks
(A) I > I0, V > V0 (B*) I > I0, V < V0 (C) I = I0, V < V0 (D) I < I0, V = V0.
4. In the circuit shown, the reading of the Ammeter is doubled after the switch is closed. Each resistor has
a resistance = 1 and the ideal cell has an e.m.f. = 10 V. Then the ammeter has a resistance equal to
n'kkZ;s x;s ifjiFk esa dqath can djus ds i'pkr~ vehVj dk ikB~;kad nqxquk gks tkrk gSA izR;sd izfrjks/kd dk
izfrjks/k = 1 gS rFkk vkn'kZ lsy dk fo|qr okgd cy = 10 V gSA rc vehVj dk izfrjks/k cjkcj gS %
dqath
switch
A
A
(A*) 2 (B) 1 (C) 2.5 (D) 5
Sol. When switch is open current through ammeter
tc dqath [kqyh gqbZ gS vehVj ls xqtjus okyh /kkjk
10
I1 = , x = Resistance of ammeter
2x
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
10
I1 = , x = vehVj dk izfrjks/k
2x
After switch is closed
dqath can djus ds i'pkr~
10
I2 =
x
I2 = 2I1
x = 2
5. The power dissipated in resistor R is 16R watt, whether the switch S is closed or open. The unknown
e.m.f. in the circuit is :
tc daqth S [kqyh vFkok cUn gks rc izfrjks/k R esa 'kfDr O;; 16R okWV gS, ifjiFk esa vKkr fo-ok-cy gS %
E = 4 + 4R
– 10 × 1 + 4 × R + 4 + 4R = 0
3
R E 4 4R 7V
4
6. In the shown circuit, all three capacitor are identical and have capacitance C F each. Each resistor
has resistance of R. An ideal cell of emf V volts is connected as shown. Then the magnitude of
potential difference across capacitor C3 in steady state is :
fn[kk;s x;s ifjiFk esa] lHkh rhu la/kkfj=k ,dleku gS rFkk budh izR;sd dh /kkfjrk C F gSA izR;sd izfrjks/k dk eku
R gSA V oksYV fo|qr okgd cy ds ,d vkn'kZ lsy dks fp=kkuqlkj tksM+k tkrk gSA rks LFkk;h voLFkk esa la/kkfj=k C3
ds fljks ij foHkokUrj dk ifjek.k gS &
V V 2 3
(A) (B) (C*) V (D) V
3 2 9 4
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2V
Then points '1' and '2' are at same potential .
3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
7. For the circuit shown in figure, switch is closed at t = 0 find ratio of charge on capacitor C 1 to capacitor
C2 at steady state.
fp=k esa n'kkZ;s x;s ifjiFk ds fy, t = 0 ij dqath can dh tkrh gSA LFkk;h voLFkk esa la/kkfj=k C1 o la/kkfj=k C2 ij
vkos'k dk vuqikr Kkr djksA
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 3 : 5
(C) 4 : 2 (D*) None of these buesa ls dksbZ ugha
8. Two uncharged capacitors are connected to an ideal cell as shown in figure. The ratio of energy stored
in capacitors C1 and C2 in steady state is :
nks vukosf'kr la/kkfj=k fp=kkuqlkj ,d vkn'kZ lSy ls tqM+s gq, gSA LFkk;h voLFkk esa C1 rFkk C2 esa lafpr ÅtkZ dk vuqikr
gksxkA
7 C2 = 7F
17
C1 = 17F
13 volts
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
LFkk;h voLFkk esa ;fn VA – VB = 3 volt gS] cSVjh ds fljksa ls ikfjr foHkokUrj gS %
(A) 18 volt (B) 9 volt (C*) 27 volt (D) 36 volt
Sol.
(x – V) 3 + (x – 0) 4 + (x – (v – x)) 1 = 0
3x – 3V + 4x + 2x – V = 0
9x = 4V
4V
x=
9
VA – VB = (V – x) – x = V – 2x
8V V
V– = = 3 volt
9 9
V = 27 volt.
10. A parallel plate capacitor consists of a pair of square plates with sides c that are at distance d apart.
The capacitor is connected to a generator of constant voltage V. The space between the plates is
originally filled with air. A plate with dielectric constant r is inserted between the plates at a constant
acceleration a0 as shown in the figure. The dielectric starts from the edge of the plate, from stationary
position.
,d lekUrj IysV la/kkfj=k c Hkqtk dh oxkZdkj IysVks ds ;qXe ls cuk gqvk gSA IysVksa ds e/; nwjh d gSA la/kkfj=k dks
fu;r oksYVst V ds tfu=k ls tksM+k x;k gSA IysVksa ds e/; dk {ks=k ok;q ls Hkjk gqbZ gSA ijkoS|qrkad r dh ,d IysV]
IysVksa ds e/; fu;r Roj.k a0 ls fp=kkuqlkj izos'k djk;h tkrh gSA ijkoS|qrkad fLFkj fLFkfr ls IysV ds fdukjs ls xfr
djuk izkjEHk djrk gSA
a0 c
r
If >> c, then select correct graph
;fn >> c rc lgh xzkQ dk p;u dhft,A
Q Q
(A) (B)
t t
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
i i
(C) (D*)
t t
C
Sol.
x
cx 0 c(c x)
C r 0
d d
0 c
= {(c (r 1)x}
d
1
x = a0 t 2
2
c 1
c = 0 c a0 (r 1)t 2
d 2
Q = CV
dQ dC
=i= V t
dt dt
11. Three similar cells, each of emf 2V and internal resistance r send the same current through an external
resistance of 2, when connected in series or in parallel. Then the magnitude of current flowing through
the external resistance is :
rhu le:i lsy çR;sd dk fo|qr okgd cy 2V rFkk vkUrfjd çfrjks/k r gS dks tc 2 ds cká çfrjks/k ls Js.khØe
vFkok lekUrj Øe eas la;ksftr djsa rks lnSo leku /kkjk çokfgr djrs gS rks cká çfrjks/k ls çokfgr /kkjk dk
ifjek.k D;k gS :
(A*) 0.75 A (B) 1 A (C) 1.5 A (D) zero 'kwU;
32
Sol. In series Js.khØe esa =
3r 2
2
In parallel lekUrj Øe esa =
r /3 2
6 6
but ysfdu = r = 2
3r 2 r6
32
then rc = = 0.75 Amp.
32 2
E1 E2
i 4.5 3
i1
i2
6
(A*) i = 0.5A (B) i1 = 0.2 A
(C*) potential difference across cell E1 = 4.25 V (D) potential difference across cell E2 = 6.25 V
(A*) i = 0.5A (B) i1 = 0.2 A
(C*) lsy E1 ds fljksa ij foHkokUrj = 4.25 V (D) lsy E2 ds fljksa ij foHkokUrj = 6.25 V
Sol. Traversing the loop ABCDA clockwise
ywi ABCDA gS nf{k.kkorZ pyus ij
–iR – iR1 + E2 – ir2 – E1–ir1 = 0
i1 = 2i/3, i2 = i/3
2i
–4.5i – 3 × + 8 – i – 4 – 0.5i = 0
3
i = 0.5A, i1 = 0.33A, i2 = 0.165A
P.D. over E1
E1 ds Åij foHkokUrj
V1 = E 1 + ir1 = 4 + 0.5 × 0.5 = 4.25V
P.D. over E2
E2 ds Åij foHkokUrj
V2 = E2 – ir2 = 8 – 0.5 × 1 = 7.5V
14. Three large identical conducting plates of area A are closely placed parallel to each other as shown (the
area A is perpendicular to plane of diagram). The net charge on left , middle and right plates are Q L, QM
and QR respectively. Three infinitely large parallel surfaces SL,SM and SR are drawn passing through
middle of each plate such that surfaces are perpendicular to plane of diagram as shown. Then pick up
the correct option(s).
{ks=kQy A dh rhu yEch ,dleku pkyd IysVs ,d nwljs ds lekUrj lehi esa j[kh gq bZ gSA ¼{ks=kQy A fp=k ds ry
ds yEcor~ gS½ cka;h IysV] e/; IysV rFkk nka;h IysV ij dqy vkos'k Øe'k% QL, QM rFkk QR gSA izR;sd IysV ds e/;
ls xqtjrh gqbZ rhu vuUr yEch lekUrj lrgsa SL, SM rFkk SR bl izdkj [khaph xbZ gS fd lrgsa fp=k ds ry ds
yEcor~ fp=kkuqlkj gSA rc lgh fodYiksa dk p;u dhft;sA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
left right cka;h vksj nka;h vksj
QL QM QR QL QM QR
SL SM SR SL SM SR
(A*) The net charge on left side of surface SL is equal to net charge on right side of surface SR.
(B*) The net charge on left side of surface SL is equal to net charge on right side of surface SM.
(C*)The net charge on left side of surface SL is equal to net charge on right side of surface SL.
(D*) The net charge on right side of surface SL is equal to net charge on left side of surface SR.
(A*) lrg SL ds cka;h vksj dqy vkos'k] lrg SR ds nka;h vksj dqy vkos'k ds cjkcj gksxkA
(B*) lrg SL ds cka;h vksj dqy vkos'k] lrg SM ds nka;h vksj dqy vkos'k ds cjkcj gksxkA
(C*) lrg SL ds cka;h vksj dqy vkos'k] lrg SL ds nka;h vksj dqy vkos'k ds cjkcj gksxkA
(D*) lrg SL ds nka;h vksj dqy vkos'k] lrg SR ds cka;h vksj dqy vkos'k ds cjkcj gksxkA
Sol. Since electric field on plate at surface SL is zero, net charge on
left side of SL is equal to net charge on right side of SL. Further
net charge between any two dotted surfaces (out of S L, SM and
SR) is zero from Gauss theorem.
1 2 3 4 5 6
q1 q6
SL SM SR
Charge on left most surface q1 is equal to
charge on right most surface q6, that is, q1 = q6
Hence all statements are true.
pwafd IysV dh lrg SL ij fo|qr {ks=k 'kwU; gSA lrg SL ds cka;h vksj dqy
vkos'k SL ds nka;h vksj dqy vkos'k ds cjkcj gSA vr% xkÅlh; izes; ls fdUgh
Hkh nks fcUnqor~ lrgksa ds e/; dqy vkos'k (SL, SM rFkk SR ds ckgj) 'kwU; gksxkA
1 2 3 4 5 6
q1 q6
SL SM SR
lcls cka;h lrg ij dqy vkos'k q1 lcls nka;h lrg
ds vkos'k q6 ds cjkcj gksxk vFkkZr~ q1 = q6
vr% lHkh oDrO; lR; gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
15. In the figure shown (fn[kk;s x;s fp=k esa)
IysV dk {ks=kQy = A
5
(A*) the ratio of energy density in st dielectric to second dielectric is
3
1
(B) the ratio of energy density in st dielectric to second dielectric is
1
2
(C) total induced surface charge on the interface of the two dielectric is
15
2
(D*) total induced surface charge on the interface of the two dielectric is –
15
5
(A*) izFke ijkoS|qr rFkk f}rh; ijkoS|qr esa ÅtkZ ?kuRo dk vuqikr gSA
3
1
(B) izFke ijkoS|qr rFkk f}rh; ijkoS|qr esa ÅtkZ ?kuRo dk vuqikr gSA
1
2
(C) nksuksa ijkoS|qr dh mHk;fu"B lrg ij izsfjr dqy i`"Bh; vkos'k gSA
15
2
(D*) nksuksa ijkoS|qr dh mHk;fu"B lrg ij izsfjr dqy i`"Bh; vkos'k – gSA
15
Soltion
2
e E2 k E2 k k k 5
(i) 1 = 1 12 = 1 12 = 1 2 = 2 =
e2 2 E2 k 2 E2 k 2 k1 k1 3
1 1 1 1 2
(ii) B = 1 – 1 = =–
k1 k2 k 2 k1 15
Ans. 5
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. Charge on Capacitor at t = 0 just after k 2 closed Q0 = 20 C
t = 0 ij dqath k2 can djus ds Bhd ckn la/kkfj=k ij vkos'k Q0 = 20 C
Q02
UC = 3UL and rFkk UC + U L =
2 C1
4 Q2 Q0
3 2C1 2 C1
3
Q Q0 10 3c
2
17. Find the value of R (in ) so that there is no current through 5V cell. All the cells & ammeters are ideal
in the circuit shown.
fn;s x;s ifjiFk ds fy, R dk eku( esa) Kkr dhft, rkfd, 5V ds lsy ls dksbZ /kkjk çokfgr ugha gksA n'kkZ;s x;s
ifjiFk esa lHkh vehVj rFkk lsy vkn'kZ gSA
Ans. 2
Sol. Let the junction located at the center of rectangular portion of circuit be at zero potential .Then
potentials of many other points can be shown as in figure . Now current can be written in every branch
satisfying KCL.
ekuk ifjiFk esa vk;rkdkj Hkkx ds dsUnz ij fLFkr laf/k dk foHko 'kwU; gSA vU; dbZ fcUnqvksa dk foHko fp=k esa çnf'kZr
gSA vcKCL dks ykxw djds çR;sd 'kk[kk esa /kkjk fy[kh tk ldrh gSA
5 – (–5)
So, vr% R = = 2 Ans.
5
18. Find the sum of magnitude of current (in Amp.) through R1, R2 and R3 . All cells are ideal
R1, R2 o R3 ls izokfgr /kkjkvksa ds ifjek.kks dk ;ksx ¼,fEi;j esa½ Kkr dhft,A lHkh lsy vkn'kZ gSA
Ans. 49
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.
103
Sol. E < 106 < 106
d
k A
d > 10–3 m C= 0
d
k 0 A
d= > 10–3
C
10 3 x C 103 50 x 1012
x
A> A> = 300 mm2
k 0 1
(6) x x109
36
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
20. What amount of heat will be generated in the circuit shown in figure long after the switch Sw is shifted
from position 1 to position 2. [5 min.] Irodov_3.132
fp=k esa fLop Sw dks fLFkfr 1 ls fLFkfr 2 ij foLFkkfir djus ij ifjiFk esa Å"ek dh fdruh ek=kk O;; gksxh\
E2 CC0
[Ans. : H = ]
C0 2C
a b a
A B C D
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
21. V measured between B and C is –
B o C ds e/; ekfir V gS –
(A*) – (B) (C) (D)
a (a b) a (a b) 2a 2(a b) 2(a b)
22. For current entering at A, the electric field at a distance ‘r’ from A is –
A ls /kkjk ds izos'k ds fy,, A ls r nwjh ij fo|qr {ks=k gS –
(A) (B) 2 (C*) (D)
8 r 2
r 2r 2 4 r 2
Sol. (21 & 22)
Choose A as origin, A dks ewy fcUnq ysus ij
E = j =
2r 2
(a b)
1 1 1
VC – VB =
2
a
r 2
dr
2 (a b) a
1 1
VB – VC =
2 a (a b)
By super position net PD between B and C will be –
a (a b)
v/;kjksi.k ls B o C ds e/; foHkokUrj gksxk = –
a (a b)
Consider the given arrangement of very large no. of identical capacitors, each of capacitance C.
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
V0
All the switches are initially opened and all capacitor are initially uncharged.
To charge the capacitors we can follow 2 methods
nh xbZ la/kkfj=kksa dh cgqr vf/kd la[;k dh O;oLFkk dks ekfu,A izR;sd dh /kkfjrk C gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-15
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
V0
izkjEHk esa lHkh fLop [kqysa gSa rFkk lHkh la/kkfj=k izkjEHk esa vukosf'kr gSaA
la/kkfj=kksa dks vkosf'kr djus ds fy;s ge nks fof/k;k¡ ys ldrs gSa
Sol. Methodfof/k-1
A P
V0
B Q
Lets find equivalent capacitance b/w A and B. Let CAB = xC
vc A rFkk B ds e/; rqY; /kkfjrk Kkr djrs gSaA ekuk CAB = xC
then rc CPQ = xC
A P
xc
C
B Q
C
C x 1 C
C AB xC
C x 1 C
x 1
x x + 1 = x2 + 2x
x2
–1 1 4
x2 + x -1 x
2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-16
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
5 – 1
x=
2
5 – 1
CAB
2
C
1 5 – 1
Heat produced mRiUu Å"ek H1 = CAB V02
4 0
CV 2
2
By method fof/k -2 }kjk
After switch S1 closed
fLop S1 cUn djus ds ckn
CV0
V0 V0 2
2 CV0
2
CV0 CV0
2 2
1 C 2 CV02
Heat produced mRiUu Å"ek H21 = V0 =
2 2 4
+ +CV – q +q
V
C,V = 0
2 – –(CV – q) –q
–q +q
q CV q q
0
C C c
q CV q q 0
CV
q
3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-17
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2CV CV
+ +
V0 3 V 3
C,V = 3
2 2CV CV
– –
3 3
CV CV
– +
3 3
Heat produced mRiUu Å"ek
1 1 2V 2 1 V 2 1 V 2
H22 = CV 2 C C C
2 2 3 2 3 2 3
2
1 6CV 2 1 1 1 1 V 1
CV 2 CV 2 CV 2 H22 CV 2 C 0 CV02
2 18 2 3 6 6 2 24
Now switch S2 opened switch S3 closed
vc fLop s2 [kqyk gS] fLop s3 cUn gS
2CV CV
+ +
V0 3 V 3
C,V = 3
6 2CV CV
– –
3 3
CV CV
+ –
3 3
2
1 1 V 1 1 1
H23 CV 2 C 0 CV02 CV02
6 6 6 216 9 24
1
H23 H22
9
1 1
Similarly blh izdkj H24 = H23 2 H22
9 9
1 1
H25 = H24 3 H22
9 9
1 1
H24 = H2(n 1) n 2 H22
9 9
Here H2n represents heat loss after (n–1)th switch is opened and nth switch in closed.
Total heat produced
;gk¡ H2n , (n–1)osa fLop ds [kqys rFkk nosa fLop ds cUn gksus ds ckn Å"ek gkfu dks iznf'kZr djrk gSA
dqy mRiUu Å"ek %
H2 = H21 + H22 + H23 + H24 ..............................
1 1 1
= H21 + H22 + H22 2 H22 3 H22 ..........................
9 9 9
1 1 1
= H21 H22 1 2 3 .............
9 9 9
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-18
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
1 9
= H21 H22 H21 H22
1
1 8
9
CV02 9 1
= CV02
4 8 24
57
= CV02
192
Sol. (A) At constant charge, the electric field within the capacitor remains same when plate separation is
V
changed. The electric field in capacitor is E = . Hence at constant potential difference the electric
d
field decreases with increase in d.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-19
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
1 Q2
(B) U = . Hence at constant charge U increases with decrease in C.
2 C
1
U= CV2 . Hence at constant potential difference U decreases with decrease in C.
2
(C) Capacitance increases on insertion of dielectric.
(D) As a result of insertion of dielectric the capacitance increases
1 Q2
U= . Hence at constant charge U decreases with increase in C.
2 C
1
U = CV2 . Hence at constant potential difference U increases with increase in C.
2
(Tough) (A) fu;r vkos'k ij] la/kkfj=k ds vUnj fo|qr {ks=k fu;r jgrk gS tc IysVksa ds e/; nwjh ifjofrZr dh tk,A
V
la/kkfj=k esa fo|qr {ks=k E = vr% fu;r foHkokUrj ij d c<+kus ij fo|qr {ks=k ?kVrk gSA
d
1 Q2
(B) U = vr% C ?kVus ij fu;r vkos'k dh fLFkfr esa U c<+sxhA
2 C
1
U = CV2 vr% fu;r foHkokUrj ij C ds ?kVus ij U ?kVrk gSA
2
(C) ijkoS|qr Mkyus ij /kkfjrk c<+rh gSA
1 Q2
(D) ijkoS|qr Mkyus ij /kkfjrk c<+rh gS U = vr% fu;r vkos'k ij C c<+us ij U ?kVRkk gSA
2 C
1
U= CV2 vr% fu;r foHkokUrj ij C c<+us ij U c<+rk gSA
2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-20
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
PHYSICS
INFORM ATIO
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
DPP Syllabus : Magnetic field and forces (EMF), EMI Time : 60 minute
8. (C) 9. (A) (D) 10. (A) (D) 11. (A) (B) 12. 3 13. 4 14. 0
15. 4 16. 3 17. 5 18. (C) 19. (C) 20. (C) 21. (A)
22. (D) 23. (D) 24. (C) 25. (A) – R ; (B) – Q ; (C) – S ; (D) – P
Bq 2gR Bq 2gR
(A) 2Bq 2gR (B) (C*) Bq 2gR (D)
2 4
Sol. For the absence of magnetic field
pqEcdh; {ks=k dh vuqifLFkfr ds fy,
mV12
N2 – mg =
R
for the presence magnetic field pqEcdh; {ks=k dh mifLFkfr ds fy,
mV22
N1 – mg – qVB =
R
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
V1 = V2 = 2gR
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-2
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2. Nuclear magnetic resonance with protons (H nuclei) is basis of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MR).
Nuclear magnetic resonance uses flipping of nuclear spin determine structure of chemical compounds.
Suppose proton acts like magnetic dipole whose component along the applied field is 1.41 × 10–26J/T.
The applied magnetic field is 1.5T. What should be the frequency of radiations to be used in MRI device
to flip the spin.
pqEcdh; vuqukn izfrfcEc {Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MR)} dk vk/kkj izksVkWu (H ukfHkd) ds lkFk ukfHkdh;
pqEcdh; vuqukn gSA jklk;fud ;ksfxdks dh lajpuk Kkr djus ds fy, ukfHkdh; pqEcdh; vuqukn esa ukfHkdh; pØ.k
O;oLFkk dk mi;ksx fd;k tkrk gSA ekfu, fd izksVkWu pqEcdh; f}/kqzo dh rjg dk;Z djrk gS] ftldk vkjksfir
pqEcdh; {ks=k ds vuqfn'k ?kVd 1.41 × 10–26J/T gSA vkjksfir pqEcdh; {ks=k 1.5T gSA pØ.k dh O;oLFkk (flip) ds
fy, MRI midj.k esa mi;ksx gsrq fofdj.k dh vko`fr D;k gksuh pkfg,A
(A)14 MHz (B) 10 MHz (C) 36 MHz (D*) 63.8 MHz
Sol. Energy required to flip the spin is 2 B = h
pØ.k dh O;oLFkk ds fy, vko';d ÅtkZ 2 B = H
1
3. Consider two infinite large parallel current carrying sheet. Current per unit width in both sheets is
A/m. If direction of current in both sheets is same than force per unit area on each sheet will be :
(Neglect edge effect)
1
ekfu;s fd nks vuUr vkdkj dh lekUrj /kkjkokgh ijr (sheet) gSA nksuks ijrksa esa izfr,dkad pkSM+kbZ dh /kkjk
A/m gSA ;fn nksuksa ijrksa esa /kkjk dh fn'kk leku gS rc izR;sd ijr ds izfr,dkad {ks=kQy ij cy gksxkA
(A) 10–7 N/m2 (B) 0.5 × 10–7 N/m2 (C*) 2 × 10–7N/m2 (D) 10–5 N/m2
Sol. Magnetic field due to one of the sheet
,d ijr ds dkj.k pqEcdh; {ks=k
b
0K
B= Parallel to second sheet
2
0K
B= nwljh ijr ds lekUrj
2
Force on section of width b
pkSM+kbZ b ds vuqizLFk dkV ij cy
K
F = bK 0
2
Force per unit area
izfr,dkad {ks=kQy ij cy
F 0K 2
P=
b 2
1
P = 4 × 10–7
2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
4. Consider two uniformly charged concentric and coaxial rings of radii R and 2R. Total charge on inner
ring is Q1 and that on outer ring is Q2. Both rings are revolving in same sense with same angular
velocity about its axis. If net magnetic induction at a distance R from the centre of the rings, on axis of
Q
rings is zero then 1 is :
Q2
nks le:i vkosf'kr ladsfUnz; o lek{kh; oy;ksa dh f=kT;k R rFkk 2R gSA vkUrfjd oy; ij dqy vkos'k Q1 gS rFkk
ckg~; oy; ij Q2 gSA nksuksa oy; leku fn'kk esa leku dks.kh; pky ls v{k ds lkis{k ?kw.kZu xfr djrh gSA ;fn
Q1
oy;ksa ds dsUnz ls oy; dh v{k ij R nwjh ij dqy pqEcdh; izsj.k ‘'kwU; gS] rc gSA
Q2
2 2 8 2 4 2
(A) – 1 (B) (C*) (D)
5 5 5 5 3 3
Sol. Magnetic field due to circular current carrying loop on axis of loop is :
o`Ùkkdkj /kkjkokgh ywi ds dkj.k ywi dh v{k ij pqEcdh; {ks=k
2IR 2
B= ,I Qf
4 (R 2 x 2 )3 / 2
B1 + B2 = 0
Q1R 2 Q2 4R 2
0
(R R )
2 2 3/2
(4R 2 R 2 )3 / 2
Q1 Q2 4 Q1 8 2
0,
2 2 5 5 Q2 5 5
5. The space has electromagnetic field which is given as B –B0kˆ and E –E0kˆ . A charged particle
having mass m and positive charge q is given velocity v0 î at origin at t = 0 sec. The z- coordinate of the
particle when it passes through the z- axis for the first time is (neglect gravity through motion) :
fdlh {ks=k esa fo|qr pqEcdh; {ks=k B –B kˆ rFkk E –E kˆ }kjk fn;k tkrk gSA m nzO;eku rFkk q vkos'k ds ,d
0 0
vkosf'kr d.k dks t = 0 sec. ij ewy fcUnq ij v0 î osx fn;k tkrk gSA tc d.k z-v{k ls igyh ckj xqtjrk gS rc
bldk z-funsZ'kkad gksxkA (lEiw.kZ xfr ds nkSjku xq:Ro ux.; gSA)
22mE0 4 2mE0 2mE0 42mE0
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
qB02 qB02 qB02 qB02
Ans. (A)
2
1 qE 2 1 qE m 22mE0
T 2 =
2 m
Sol. Z=
2 m qB qB02
6. A conducting wire fixed at both end is vibrating in it's fundamental mode in the plane of paper. A
constant magnetic field (B) is switched on as shown. Find the emf induced in wire at an instant it is
passing through mean position. Here a is maximum amplitude, is angular frequency of wave of which
standing wave is formed and length of wire is .
nksuksa fljksa ij tM+or~ ,d pkyd rkj dkxt ds ry esa ewy fo|k esa dEiUu'khy gSA fp=kkuqlkj ,d fu;r pqEcdh; {ks=k (B)
dks pkyq fd;k tkrk gSA tc rkj ek/; fLFkfr ls xqtjrk gS] rc rkj esa izsfjr fo|qr okgd cy Kkr dhft, ;gk¡ a =
vf/kdre vk;ke, = rjax dh dks.kh; vko`fÙk ftlls vizxkeh rjax rkj esa mRiUu gksrh gS, = rkj dh yEckbZ gSA
Ba Ba 2Ba
(A) (B) Ba (C) (D*)
2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. Consider a small element of length dx at a distance x from left end.
ekuk cka;s fljs ls x nwjh ij vYika'k dh yEckbZ dx gSA
Motional emf across this blds fljksa ij mRiUu xfrd fo|qr okgd cy = vBdx
= aB sin kx dx
Total emf across wire rkj ds fljksa ij mRiUu dqy fo|qr okgd cy = aB sin kx dx
0
7. Three identical large plates are fixed at separation of d from each other as shown. The area of each
plate is A. Plate 1 is given charge +Q while plates 2 and 3 are neutral and are connected to each other
through coil of inductances L and switch S. If resistance of all connected wires is neglected the
maximum current flow through coil after closing switch is (C = 0 A/d) (neglect fringe effect)
Q1 d 2 d 3
L
rhu ,d leku foLrkfjr IysVs ,d nwljs ls fp=kkuqlkj d nwjh ij tM+or~ gSA izR;sd IysV dk {ks=kQy A gSA IysV 1
dks +Q vkos'k fn;k tkrk gS tcfd IysV 2 o 3 mnklhu gS] ,oa ;s IysVsa ,d nwljs ls izsjdRo dq.Myh L rFkk daqth S
}kjk fp=kkuqlkj tqM+h gqbZ gSA ;fn lHkh tqM+s gq, rkjksa dk izfrjks/k ux.; gS] rc dqath cUn djus ds i'pkr~ dq.Myh ls
xqtjus okyh vf/kdre /kkjk gksxhA (C = 0 A/d) (fÝat izHkko ux.; gSA)
Q1 d 2 d 3
L
Q0 Q0 2Q0 Q0
(A) (B) (C) (D*)
LC 2LC LC 2 LC
Sol.
2
Q
2 =
1 2
Li 0 l0 =
Q
2C 2 2 LC
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
8. A metallic ring of mass 2 kg and radius 1m with a uniform metallic spoke of same mass 2kg and length
1 m is rotated about its axis with angular velocity 1 rev/sec. in a perpendicular uniform magnetic field B
of magnitude 10T as shown if figure. If the central end of the spoke is connected to the rim of the wheel
through a resistor R of magnetiude as shown. The resistor does not rotate, its one end is always at
the center of the ring and other end is always in contact with the ring. A force F as shown is needed to
maintain constant angular velocity of the spoke then, F is equal to (The ring and the spoke has zero
resistance)
,d /kkfRod oy; dk nzO;eku 2 kg rFkk f=kT;k 1m gSA blesa ,d /kkfRod rkuh (spoke) gS ftldk nzO;eku Hkh 2 kg
rFkk yEckbZ 1 m gSA ;g oy; 10 T ifjek.k ds ,dleku yEcor~ pqEcdh; {ks=k B esa viuh v{k ds lkis{k dks.kh; osx
1 pDdj/lSd.M ls ?kw.kZu djrh gSA rkuh (spoke) dk dsUnzh; fljk ifg;s dh fje ls ¼ifj/kh½ ifjek.k ds izfrjks/k
R }kjk fp=kkuqlkj tqM+k gSA izfrjks/k ?kw.kZu ugha djrk gSA bldk ,d fljk ges'kk oy; ds dsUnz ij gS rFkk nwljk
ges'kk oy; ls lEidZ esa gSaA rkuh dks fu;r dks.kh; osx ls ?kwf.kZr j[kus ds fy, fp=kkuqlkj cy F dh vko';drk
gksrh gSA F dk eku gksxk & (oy; rFkk rkuh (spoke) dk izfrjks/k 'kwU; gS)
F(r) = FB(r/2)
F B 2 r 3 (10)2 2 (1)3
F= B = = = 50 N Ans.
2 4R 4
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
One or more than one choice correct type Questions
9. Two uniform concentric coil of radii r1 and r2 (r1 << r2) carry currents i1 and i2 respectively. If the smaller
coil is rotated slightly about one of its diameter it starts oscillating. Then choose the correct statements.
r1 o r2 (r1 << r2) f=kT;k dh nks le:i ladsfUnz; dq.Mfy;ksa esa izokfgr /kkjk Øe'k% i1 rFkk i2 gSA ;fn NksVh dq.Myh dks
mlds fdlh ,d O;kl ds lkis{k gYdk lk ?kwf.kZr fd;k tkrk gS rks ;g nksyu izkjEHk djrh gS rc lgh dFku@dFkuks a
dk p;u dhft,A
(A*) The oscillations are simple harmonic in nature
(B) The frequency of oscillation is directly proportional to product i1i2.
(C) The frequency of oscillation is directly proportional to square root of r2.
(D*) The frequency of oscillation is independent of radius r1.
(A*) nksyu dh izd`fÙk ljy vkorhZ gSA
(B) nksyu dh vko`fÙk i1i2 ds xq.kuQy ds lh/ks lekuqikrh gSA
(C) nksyu dh vko`fÙk r2 ds oxZewy ds lekuqikrh gSA
(D*) nksyu dh vko`fÙk f=kT;k r1 ij fuHkZj ugha djrh gSA
Sol. MBsin
i1i 2
f
r2
10. The current in coil (as shown in figure) is (centers of all the circular loops lie at same point) and
angular spread of coil is 90º, n is number of turns per unit radian and R is radius of each turn. (Assume
that turns are very close)
fp=kkuqlkj dq.Myh esa /kkjk izokfgr gS rFkk lHkh o`Ùkkdkj ywiksa dk dsUnz leku fcUnq ij gS rFkk dq.Myh;k¡ 90º rd QSyh gqbZ
gSA izfr bdkbZ jsfM;u esa ?ksjksa dh la[;k n gS rFkk izR;sd ?ksjs dh f=kT;k R gSA (ekuk ?ksjs cgqr ikl&ikl gSA)
0n
(A*) B at common centre will be
2R
0n
mHk;fu"B dsUnz ij B dk eku gksxkA
2R
20n
(B) B at common centre will be
R
20n
mHk;fu"B dsUnz ij B dk eku gksxkA
R
n2R2
(C) Magnetic moment of loop will be
2
n2R2
ywi dk pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ gksxkA
2
(D*) Magnetic moment of loop will be 2nR 2
ywi dk pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ 2nR 2 gksxkA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.
dB
dN = n ×d
d
0 (dN)
dB =
2R
dBy = dBcos
0n / 2 0 n
dBy 2R 0 cos d By 2R Bx
0 n
Bcentre =
2R
magnetic moment pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ
d (R )(ncos d) R2 n x
2
y
net = 2nR 2
11. Two parallel resistance less rails are connected by an inductor of inductance L at one end as shown in
the figure. A magnetic field B exists in the space which is perpendicular to the plane of the rails. Now a
conductor of length , mass m and neglible resistance is placed transverse on the rails and given an
impulse J towards the rightward direction. Then choose the correct option (s).
nks lekUrj izfrjks/kghu iVfj;ksa ds ,d fljs ij n'kkZ;s vuqlkj L izsjdRo dh izsj.k dq.Myh tqM+h gqbZ gSA ifj{ks=k esa
iVfj;ksa ds ry ds yEcor~ pqEcdh; {ks=k B fo|eku gSA vc yECkkbZ o m nzO;eku ,oa ux.; izfrjks/k ;qDr ,d
pkyd iVfj;ksa ds vuqizLFk j[kk tkrk gS] ,oa bls n'kkZ;s vuqlkj nk¡;h vksj J vkosx fn;k tkrk gSA rc lgh
fodYi@fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A
B
L J
(A*) Velocity of the conductor is half of the initial velocity after a displacement of the conductor
3J2L
d
4B2 2m
(B*) Current flowing through the inductor at the instant when velocity of the conductor is half of the initial
3J2
velocity is i =
4Lm
(C) Velocity of the conductor is half of the initial velocity after a displacement of the conductor
3J2L
d
B2 2m
(D) Current flowing through the inductor at the instant when velocity of the conductor is half of the initial
3J2
velocity is i =
Lm
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-8
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
3J2L
(A*) d foLFkkiu ds i'pkr~ pkyd dk osx] izkjfEHkd osx dk vk/kk gks tkrk gSA
4B2 2m
3J2
(B*) tc pkyd dk osx] izkjfEHkd osx dk vk/kk gksrk gS rc bl {k.k izsjdRo ls izokfgr /kkjk i = gSA
4Lm
3J2L
(C) d foLFkkiu ds i'pkr~ pkyd dk osx] izkjfEHkd osx dk vk/kk gks tkrk gSA
B2 2m
3J2
(D) tc pkyd dk osx] izkjfEHkd osx dk vk/kk gksrk gS rc bl {k.k izsjdRo ls izokfgr /kkjk i = gSA
Lm
di B B
Sol. Eind = L = Bv di = (vdt) dx
dt L L
B
i= x
L
B2 2
Fmag = – Bi = – x() ( SHM of rod) (NM+ dh ljy vkorZ xfr ls)
L
B2 2
SHM =
Lm
2
using SHM equation v2 = vmax – 2x2
2
ljy vkorZ xfr dh lehdj.k ds mi;ksx ls v2 = vmax – 2x2
2
3vmax
x2 =
42
3J2L
x=
4mB2 2
B 3J2
I= x=
L 4mL
Ans. 3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. (NBA)i = c
C (6 105 )
i= = sss
NBA 10 1 104 2
i = 30 mA
30
So current corresponding 1 part = = 3 mA.
10
30
vr% 1 Hkkx ds laxr /kkjk = = 3 mA
10
13. In circuit, initially capacitor and inductor do not have any energy, Then find current through the battery
in Ampere just after switch is closed
ifjiFk esa] izkjaHk esa la/kkfj=k rFkk izsj.k dq.Myh esa dksbZ ÅtkZ mifLFkr ugha gS rks dqath can djus ds rqjUr ckn cSVªh
ls izokfgr /kkjk ,sfEi;j esa Kkr djksA
Ans. 4
Sol. Just after the switch is closed, there is no current through the coil and capacitor offers no resistance.
9 18
Net Resistance = = 4.5 i0 = = 4 A.
2 4.5
dqath can djus ds rqjUr ckn izjs.k dq.Myh ls dksbZ /kkjk izokfgr ugha gksxh rFkk la/kkfj=k 'kwU; izfrjks/k vkjksfir djsxk
9 18
= = 4.5 i0 = = 4 A.
2 4.5
14. In the LR circuit the switch S was closed for a long time. The ideal cell in the circuit has emf E
volts.Later on the switch is opened. The current in the resistor of resistance R ohms just after the switch
XE
was opened is , then x is
4R
,d L-R ifjiFk esa fLop S ,d yEcs le; ls cUn FkkA ifjiFk esa vkn'kZ lsy dk fo0ok0cy E oksYV gSA ckn esa fLop
XE
dks [kksy fn;k tkrk gSA fLop ds [kksyus ds rqjar ckn izfrjks/k R vkse esa /kkjk gS rks x dk eku gksxk &
4R
Ans. 0
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
3 4
15. A conducting rod of length 1 m aligned along the unit vector ˆj kˆ , is moving with a velocity
5 5
ˆ m/s. The motion take place in a uniform magnetic field B (ˆj 2k)
v (2i) ˆ tesla. Find the magnitude of
induced emf in across the rod in volt.
3 4 ˆ m/s osx ls xfr'khy
1 m yEckbZ dh pkyd NM+] bdkbZ lfn'k ˆj kˆ ds vuqfn'k O;ofLFkr gS, rFkk v (2i)
5 5
gSA ;g xfr ,dleku pqEcdh; {ks=k B (ˆj 2k)
ˆ tesla ds vUrxZr gksrh gSA NM+ ds fljksa ij izsfjr fo|qr okgd cy
dk ifjek.k oksYV esa Kkr dhft,A
Ans. 4
ˆi ˆj kˆ
Sol. ˆ 0
v.(B ) (2i) 1 2 4
0 3/5 4/5
16. A conductor carrying current 60A is in the form of a semicircle AB of radius R and lying in xy-plane with
its centre 'O' at origin as shown in the figure. The magnitude of B.d for the circle x2 + z2 = 3R2 in xz- Formatted: Lowered by 10 pt
AB esa izokfgr /kkjk ds dkj.k 10n0 gS] rks n dk (n ,d iw.kkZad gS) eku Kkr djksA
Y
B
O X
Z A
Ans. 3
Sol.
B net .d
B1.d B2 .d Formatted: Lowered by 10 pt
B1 magnetic field due to straight part lh/ks Hkkx }kjk mRiUu pqEcdh; {ks=k
B2 magnetic field due to curved part oØkdkj Hkkx }kjk mRiUu pqEcdh; {ks=k
R 3
0 = B1 2R 3 +
B .d
2
0
0=–
4R 3
2R 3 + B .d 2
0 0
0=–
2
+ B2 .d ,
2
=
B .d
2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
17. Insulating cylinder of radius r carries a charge of surface density on its cylindrical surface and rotates
with angular velocity about axis of cylinder. A radial conducting wire connects the axis of the cylinder
with the cylindrical surface (it rotates together with the cylinder). The electromotive (voltage) between
x r y
the ends of the wire is 0 .Find the value of x + y.
2
r f=kT;k dk dqpkyd csyu bldh csyukdkj lrg ij i`"Bh; vkos'k ?kuRo j[krk gS] ,oa csyu dh v{k ds lkis{k
dks.kh; osx ls ?kw.kZu djrk gSA ,d f=kT; pkyd rkj csyu dh v{k dks lrg tksM+rs gq, gS (;g csyu ds lkFk
0 x r y
?kw.kZu djrk gS)A rkj ds fljksa ds e/; fo|qr okgd foHko ¼½ dk eku gSA x + y dk eku Kkr
2
dhft,A
Ans. 5
Sol. Using relation for solenoid B = 0ni = 0r.
ifjukfydk ds fy, lEcU/k ds mi;ksx ls B = 0ni = 0r.
= BR2/2 = 02R3/2
COMPREHENSION–1
Consider a long conducting rail, separation between tracks is , fixed in uniform magnetic field B
directed normal to the plane of rail tracks and shunted by an uncharged capacitor of capacitance C. A
conducting rod of mass m, given a velocity V0 and then kept gently and symmetrically on track as
shown. Neglect any resistance (i.e. of track and conducting rod) and any friction between rod and track.
(Use B22C = 2m)
,d yEch pkyd iVjh ftlds e/; nwjh gS, ij fopkj djrs gSA ;g iVfj;ksa ds iFk ds ry ds yEcor~ ,dleku
pqEcdh; {ks=k B esa fLFkr gS rFkk ;g C /kkfjrk ds vukosf'kr la/kkfj=k ds }kjk 'kafVr gSA m nzO;eku dh ,d pkyd
NM+ dks V0 osx fn;k tkrk gS rFkk iVfj;ksa ij /khjs ls rFkk fp=kkuqlkj lefer :i ls j[k fn;k tkrk gSA lHkh
izfrjks/k (iFk rFkk pkyd NM+ ds e/;) rFkk NM+ rFkk iFk ds e/; fdlh Hkh izdkj ds ?k"kZ.k dks ux.; ekusaA (B22C =
2m dk mi;ksx djsaA)
× × × B
×g ×C V0 × ×
× × ×
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.
Just before rod is kept on rail Just after rod is kept on rail
NM+ dks iVjh ij j[kus ds Bhd igys NM+ dks iVjh ij j[kus ds Bhd i'pkr~
×B
0 +q
after time dt
C V0 V
0 –q
q CVB
q = CVB i= =
dt dt
Force on rod NM ij cy f = iB
Impulse of force on rod NM+ ij cy dk vkosx = fdt = CVB22
Using impulse momentum theorem for rod NM+ ds fy, vkosx laosx lehdj.k yxkus ij
mV0 – B22C V = mV
mV0 mV0 V
V= = 0
m B2 2C m 2m 3
1
Initially energy izkjfEHkd ÅtkZ i = mV02
2
1 C2B2 2 2
Final energy vfUre ÅtkZ f = mV 2 V
2 2C
2 2
1 V0 1 V0
= m (2m)
2 3 2 3
1 2
= mV02 mV02
18 18
1
= mV02
6
1 1 1
Heat loss Å"ek gkfu = mV02 mV02 mV02
2 6 3
Comprehension-1
A circular conducting loop of radius r0 and having resistance per unit length is placed in a constant
magnetic field B which is perpendicular to plane of loop. The ends P and Q of the wire are pulled in
opposite directions with a constant speed v such that loop always remains circular and the radius of the
loop goes on decreasing, then answer the following questions.
r0 f=kT;k dk ,d o`Ùkkdkj pkyd ywi izfr ,dkad yEckbZ izfrjks/k j[krk gS tks ,dleku fu;r pqEcdh; {ks=k B esa
j[kk gS] ftldk ry {ks=k ds yEcor~ gSA rkj ds fljs P o Q dks foijhr fn'kk esa fu;r pky v ls bl izdkj [khapk
tkrk gS fd ywi dh f=kT;k ?kVus yxrh gS] rFkk ywi dk vkdkj ges'kk o`Ùkkdkj jgrk gS rc fuEu iz'uksa ds mÙkj
nhft,A
× × × × × ×
B
× × × × × ×
× × × × × ×
v v
P A Q
× × × × × ×
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
20. Magnitude of the emf induced in the loop as function of time t is :
ywi esa le; t ds Qyu ds :i esa izsfjr fo|qr okgd cy dk ifjek.k gS %
r vt vt vt 3vt
(A) 2Bv 0 (B) 2Bv r0 (C*) 2Bv r0 (D) 2Bv r0
2 2 2
Comprehension-2
A conducting wire is bend into a loop as shown in the figure. The segment AOB is parabolic given by
the equation y2 = 2x, while segment BA is a straight line x = 2.
The magnetic field in the region B 8k tesla and the current in wire is 2A.
,d pkyd rkj fp=kkuqlkj ywi esa eksM+k x;k gSA Hkkx AOB lehdj.k y2 = 2x }kjk fn;k x;k ijoy; gS tcfd Hkkx
BA, x = 2 ljy js[kk gSA
ifj{ks=k esa pqEcdh; {ks=k B 8k Vslyk rFkk rkj esa /kkjk 2A gSA
x ¼m esa½
22. The torque on the loop will be : ywi ij cyk?kw.kZ gksxk &
(A) 16 2N m (B) 16N m (C) 18 2N m (D*) zero
Sol. Since pwafd M ||r to B
torque zero. cyk?kw.kZ 'kwU; gksxkA
23. The magnetic field created by the current in the loop at point C will be
/kkjkokgh ywi }kjk fcUnq C ij mRiUu pqEcdh; {ks=k gksxk &
(A) 0 k (B) 0 k
4 8
0 2
(C) k (D*) none of these buesa ls dksbZ ugha
Sol. at C direction must be along t k direction.
C ij fn'kk t k fn'kk ds vuqfn'k gksuh pkfg;sA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
24. If the loop were rotated about the z-axis with an angular speed of 1rad/sec. Then magnitude of emf
induced across the straight segment AC will be
;fn ywi z-v{k ds lkis{k 1rad/sec dh dks.kh; pky ls ?kw.kZu dj jgk gSA rc lh/ks Hkkx AC ds fljksa ij çsfjr fo-ok-
cy dk ifjek.k gksxkA
(A) 32V (B) 8V (C*) 16V (D) 4V
Sol. The emf is the difference between emf across straight segment OA and OC.
fo|qr okgd cy lh/ks Hkkx OA rFkk OC ds fljksa ds e/; foHkokUrj gksrk gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-15
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
PHYSICS
INFORM ATIO
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
1. An electric bulb is designed to consume 55 W when operated at 110 volts It is connected to a 220 V, 50
Hz line through a choke coil in series. The inductance of the coil in series for which the bulb gets correct
22
voltage is – (Take = )
7
,d 55 okWV dk fo|qr cYc] 110 oksYV ij mi;ksx gsrq fufeZr fd;k x;k gSA blds Js.khØe esa ,d pkWd dq.Myh dk
mi;ksx djds bldks 220V, 50 gV~Zt dh ykbu ls tksM+k x;k gSA cYc ij lgh foHkoikr izkIr djus ds fy;s Js.khØe
22
esa tksM+h xbZ dq.Myh dk izsjdRo gksxk ( = ysa)
7
2 3 3 3 7 3 11 3
(A) H (B) H (C*) H (D) H
10 10 10 10
Sol. P = rms
2
R
Erms
P= ×R
xL2 R2
2. In the ac circuit shown, XL=7 ,R=4 and XC=4 .The reading of the ideal voltmeter V2 is 8 2 . The
reading of the ideal ammeter:
iznf'kZr izR;korhZ ifjiFk esa, XL=7 ,R=4 rFkk XC=4 gSA vkn'kZ oksYVehVj V2 dk ikB~;kad 8 2 gS rks vkn'kZ
vehVj dk ikB~;kad ,sEih;j esa gksxkA
8 2 42 42 = 4 2 I = 2 Amp
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
3. For the given A. C. Circuit, the energy stored in the capacitor has amplitude of :
fn;s x;s A. C ifjiFk ds fy;s la/kkfj=k esa lafpr ÅtkZ dk vk;ke gS %:-
R
XC = R
~
v = v0sint
v 02 v 02 v 02 v 02
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
4R 8R R 2R
v0 v0
Sol. iR sin t , iC sin t
R R 2
so, isource = iR + iC =
v0
sint cos t 2 V0
sin t
R R 4
v 0 V0 1
P = Vrms irms cos = . .
2 R 2
1 1 V02
Ecapacitor = CV02 sin2 t = CV02 1 cos 2t = (1 cos2t)
2 4 4R
4. A source of alternating emf E = E0 sint is connected in series with a capacitor and inductor in a circuit
1
with negligible resistance. Natural frequency of LC oscillation is 0 = . If charge on capacitor at
LC
any moment is given by
Q = Q0sint then magnitude of Q0 is :
E = E0 sint izR;korhZ fo|qr okgd cy dk ,d L=kksr la/kkfj=k rFkk ux.; izfrjks/k dh izsjd dq.Myh ds lkFk ifjiFk
1
esa Js.khØe esa tqM+k gqvk gSA LC nksyu dh ewy vko`fÙk 0 = gSA ;fn fdlh {k.k la/kkfj=k ij vkos'k
LC
Q = Q0sint }kjk fn;k tkrk gS]
rc Q0 dk ifjek.k gksxk :
E0 E E0
(A) (B) 02 (C*) (D) None of these buesa ls dksbZ
| 2 02 | L L | 2 02 |
ughaA
Sol. By KVL
Q d2Q
E0 sint = L 2 Putting Q = Q0sint
C dt
E0
Q0 =
L( 02 )
2
For the bulb to be operated at its rated value the rms current through it should be
cYc dk blds vafdr ekuksa ij mi;ksx djus ij blls çokfgr oxZek/; ewy /kkjk gSA
V
Also, rms= rms
Z
200 3
1= L= H
100 (250L)
2 2
6. An ac source of angular frequency is fed across a resistor R and a capacitor C in series. The current
registered is . If now the frequency of source is changed to /3 (but maintaining the same voltage), the
current in the circuit is found to be halved. Then the ratio of reactance to resistance at the original
frequency is :
dks.kh; vko`fr dk çR;korhZ /kkjk lzksr çfrjks/k R rFkk la/kkfj=k C ds lkFk Js.kh esa tqM+k gSA blesa vafdr /kkjk gSA
;fn lzksr dh vko`fr /3 (tcfd oksYVst ogha gS), gks tk;s rks çfrjks/k esa /kkjk vk/kh gks tkrh gS rks okLrfod vko`fr
ij çfr?kkr rFkk çfrjks/k esa vuqikr gksxk :
(A*) 3 / 5 (B) 5 / 3 (C) 2/3 (D) 3/2
Sol. (A)
According to given problem, ç'ukuqlkj
V V
2 ... (1)
Z [R (1/ C)2 ]1/ 2
V
rFkk and, 2 ...(2)
2 [R (3 / C)2 ]1/ 2
Substituting the value of from Equation (1) in (2),
leh0 (1)ls dk eku leh0 (2) esa j[kus ij
1 9 1 3
4 R2 2 2 = R 2 2 2 . i.e. 2 2 , = R 2
C C C 5
1/ 2
3 2
X (1/ C) 5
R
3
So that vr% Ans.
R R R 5
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
7. What is the amount of power delivered by the ac source in the circuit shown (in watts).
fn[kk;s x;s ifjiFk esa AC lzksr }kjk nh xbZ 'kfä (okV esa) D;k gS \
XC=12
R1=5
XL=8 R2=6
Erms=130V
(A) 500 watt (B) 1014 watt (C*) 1514 watt (D) 2013 watt
Erms 130
Sol. i1rms = = 10 A
XC2 R12 13
Erms
i2rms = 13 A
XL2 R 22
i1 R1
i2
R2
2
Power dissipated = i1rmsR1 i2rms
2
R2 = 102 × 5 + 132 × 6
O;f;r 'kfä = i1rms
2
R1 i2rms
2
R2 = 102 × 5 + 132 × 6
= power delivered by battery
cSVªh }kjk nh x;h 'kfä
= 500 + 169 × 6
= 1514 watt
One or more than one choice correct type Questions
8. Consider a series LCR circuit connected to an AC supply of 220 V. If voltage drop across resistance R
is VR, voltage drop across capacitor is Vc = 2VR and that across inductor coil is VL = 3VR then choose
correct alternative(s)
220 V dh izR;korhZ lIykbZ ls tqM+s gq, Js.khØe LCR ifjiFk ij fopkj djrs gSA ;fn R ds fljksa ij foHko iru VR
gS] la/kkfj=k ds fljksa ij foHko iru Vc = 2VR gS rFkk izsjd dq.Myh ds fljksa ij foHko iru VL = 3VR gS rc lgh
fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A
(A) VR 220 2 V
1
(B*) Power factor of circuit is
2
(C*) VR = 156 V
(D*) Phase difference between current and source voltage is
4
(A) VR 220 2 V
1
(B*) ifjiFk dk ‘'kfDr xq.kkad gksxkA
2
(C*) VR = 156 V
(D*) /kkjk rFkk L=kksr oksYVst ds e/; dykUrj gksxkA
4
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.(bcd) VR, VL, VC are r.m.s voltage across the R, L & C respectively
VR, VL, VC, R, L rFkk C fljksa ij rms oksYVst gSA
3VR VR 2 VR
VR
4
2VR VR
4
1
P.F.= cos =
2
2VR 220
220
VR = 156 V
2
9. An AC source rated 100 V (rms) supplies a current of 10 A (rms) to a circuit. The average power
delivered by the source
(A) must be 1000 W (B*) may be 1000 W
(C) may be greater than 1000 W (D*) may be less than 1000 W
,d izR;korhZ /kkjk lzksr dh oksYVrk 100 V (oxZ ek/; ewy) gS] ;g ,d ifjiFk dks 10 ,Eih;j (oxZ ek/; ewy) /kkjk
nsrk gSA lzksr }kjk nh xbZ vkSlr 'kfDr-
(A) fuf'pr :i ls 1000 okWV gSA (B*) 1000 okWV gks ldrh gSA
(C) 1000 okWV ls vf/kd gks ldrh gSA (D*) 1000 okWV ls de gks ldrh gSA
Sol. Pav. = Erms rms cos < Erms rms
10. Figure shows LC circuit with two inductor and two capacitors The current in circuit is. given by I = 12
sin (2t + )
3
fp=k esa nks izsjdRo ,oa nks la/kkfj=k dk LC ifjiFk n'kkZ;k x;k gSA ifjiFk esa /kkjk I = 12 sin (2t + ) }kjk nh xbZ
3
gSA
L1
c1
I
c2 L2
L1 = 3H, L2 = 2H, C1 = 0.2 F
select correct statement(s)
lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk p;u dhft;sA
200
(A*) C2 = mF
3
(B) C2 cannot be determined from given information
(C*) At t = energy in inductor (L1) is maximum.
12
(D) At t = energy in capacitor C1 must be zero.
12
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
200
(A*) C2 = mF
3
(B) nh xbZ lwpuk ls C2 Kkr ugha fd;k tk ldrk
(C*) t = ij izsjdRo (L1) esa ÅtkZ vf/kdre gksxhA
12
(D) t = ij la/kkfj=k C1 esa ÅtkZ fuf'pr :i ls 'kwU; gksxhA
12
1 1 1
Sol. Ceq 2
L eqCeq L eq 4 5
1 1 1
20 = C2 = F
0.2 C2 15
200
C2 = MF
3
2 8
11. In the circuit shown, ressitance R = 100 , inductance L = H and capacitance C = F are
connected in series with an ac source of 200 volt and frequency ‘f’. If the readings of the hot wire
voltmeters V1 and V2 are same then :
2 8
iznf'kZr fp=k esa] izfrjks/k R = 100 , izsjdRo L = H rFkk /kkfjrk C = F Js.kh Øe esa 200 V rFkk ‘f’ vko`fr ds
izR;korhZ lzksr ls tqM+s gq, gSA rIr rUrq oksYVehVj V1 rFkk V2 ds ikB;kad leku gS rks &
(A*) f = 125 Hz
(B) f = 250 Hz
(C*) current through R is 2A R esa /kkjk 2A gSA
(D*) V1 = V2 = 1000 volt
Sol. V1 = V2 xL = xC
1
f= = 125 Hz
2 LC
v 200
0 = 0 = (X=0 Z = R)
R 100
= 2A
V1 = V2 = XL = .(L) = 2 × 2 × 125 × 2/
= 1000 volt Ans.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
12. Choose the correct options regarding the AC circuit given in the figure: (Symbols have their usual
meaning)
fn[kk;sa x;s izR;korhZ ifjiFk ds fy,] lgh dFkuksa dk pquko dhft,A (lHkh izrhdksa ds lkekU; vFkZ gS)
2R
(A*) Equivalent impedance of the circuit is
3
3
(B*) Power factor of the circuit is
2
3E02
(C*) Average power for complete cycle is
8R
R
(D*) Effective reactance of the circuit is
3
2R
(A*) ifjiFk dh rqY; izfrck/kk gSA
3
3
(B*) ifjiFk dk 'kfDr xq.kkad gSA
2
3E02
(C*) lEiw.kZ pØ ds fy, vkSlr 'kfDr gSA
8R
R
(D*) ifjiFk dk izHkkoh izfr?kkr gSA
3
Sol.
E0
1 sin t
2R 3
E
2 0 sin t
2R
12
E
= 2 0 cos300 sin t
2R 6
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
3E0 E
sin t = 0 sin t
2R 6 Z 6
2R 3 Reac tance x 1
Z= , Phase difference = , Power factor = cos = , tan =
3 6 2 Resis tance R 3
2R 3 izfr?kkr x 1
Z= , dykUrj = , 'kfDr xq.kkad = cos = , tan =
3 6 2 izfrjks/k R 3
R
R2 x2 Z R = R, x =
3
13. A wire shaped as a semicircle of radius a, is rotating about an axis PQ with a constant angular velocity
1 , with the help of an external agent. A uniform magnetic field B exists in space and is
LC
directed into the plane of the figure. (circuit part remains at rest) (left part is at rest)
a f=kT;k dk v)Zo`Ùkkdkj :i esa fLFkr rkj] PQ v{k ds lkis{k fu;r dks.kh; osx 1 ls ckº; dkjd dh
LC
lgk;rk ls ?kw.kZu dj jgk gSA bl LFkku esa le:i pqEcdh; {ks=k B fLFkr gS rFkk bldh fn'kk fp=k esa çnf'kZr ry ds
yEcor~ vUnj dh rjQ gSA (ifjiFk Hkkx fLFkj voLFkk esa jgrk gS) (cka;k Hkkx fLFkj voLFkk esa gS)
Ba 2
(A) The rms value of current in the circuit is
R 2LC
Ba 2
(B*) The rms value of current in the circuit is
2R 2LC
2 B2 a 4
(C*) The maximum energy stored in the capacitor is
8R 2 C
2 B2 a 4
(D*) The maximum power delivered by the external agent is
4LCR
Ba 2
(A) ifjiFk eas /kkjk dk oxZ ek/; ewy eku gSA
R 2LC
Ba 2
(B*) ifjiFk eas /kkjk dk oxZ ek/; ewy eku gSA
2R 2LC
2 B2 a 4
(C*) la/kkfj=k esa lafpr vf/kdre ÅtkZ gSA
8R 2 C
2 B2 a 4
(D*) ckº; dkjd }kjk nh xbZ vf/kdre 'kfDr gSA
4LCR
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-8
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. Let at time t the angle between magnetic field and area vector (semicircle) be , then = wt
ekuk t le; ij pqEcdh; {ks=k rFkk v}Zo`Ùk ds {ks=kQy lfn'k ds e/; dks.k gS rks = wt
a 2 B
B S cos t.
2
d Ba2
sin t
dt 2
Ba 2
0 peak emf f'k[kj emf
2 LC
Since the circuit is in resoanance,
pwafd ifjiFk vuqukn esa gS
Ba 2
z R i0 peak current f'k[kj /kkjk
2R LC
i0 Ba 2
i rms i rms
2 2R 2LC
1
VC CV02 max. energy vf/kdre ÅtkZ , V0 peak voltage f'k[kj foHko
2
i i LC 1 2B2a4 2B2a4
V0 i 0 X c 0 0 ; VC C
C C 2 4R2C2 8R2C
Ba 2 Ba 2
PExt. = PDissipated O;f;r = 0i0
2 LC 2R LC
Ba
2 2 4
PExt.
4LCR
Ans. 1
xL x C
Sol. tan =
R
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
15. In the circuit diagram shown, XC = 100 , XL = 200 & R = 100 . The effective current through the
source is X Ampere then find out value of X :
fn[kk;s x;s ifjiFk fp=k esa XC = 100 , XL = 200 rFkk R = 100 gSA L=kksr ls izHkkoh /kkjk dk eku X
,sEih;j gS rks X dk eku Kkr djks %
Ans : X = 8
Sol.
V 200
R = = = 2A
R 100
V 200
‘ = = = 2A
XL XC 100
2
= R 2 = 2 2 Amp.
16. One cycle of an alternating current is shown in the graph. R. M. S. value of current from t = 0 to t = T is
2
i0 . Find x.
x
2
izR;korhZ /kkjk dk ,d pØ oØ esa iznf'kZr gSA R. M. S. /kkjk dk eku t = 0 ls t = T esa i0 gSA x Kkr djksA
x
i
i0
T/2 T t
Ans. 3
2
i0 T
i0
2 T
2 2 1 1 2i
2
3 2
Sol. 2
irms = i0 0
T 6 2 3
2
irms i0
3
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
17. A loop PQR formed by three identical uniform conducting rods each of length a = 20 cm is suspended
from one of its vertices (P) so that it can rotate about horizontal fixed smooth axis CD. Initially plane of
loop is in vertical plane. A constant current i = 10 A is flowing in the loop. Total mass of the loop is m =
60 gm . At t = 0, a uniform magnetic field of strength B directed vertically upwards is switched on. If the
minimum value of B (in mT) is n, so that the plane of the loop becomes horizontal (even for an instant)
during its subsequent motion. Then value of n/10 is
rhu le:i pkyd NM+sa izR;sd dh yEckbZ a = 20 cm ls cus ,d ywi PQR dks blds ,d 'kh"kZ (P) ls bl izdkj
yVdk;k x;k gSa ftlls ;g {kSfrt tM+or~ fpduh v{k CD ds lkis{k ?kw.kZu dj ldrk gSA izkjEHk esa ywi dk ry]
Å/okZ/kj ry esa gSA ywi esa fu;r /kkjk i = 10 A izokfgr gSA ywi dk dqy nzO;eku m = 60 xzke gSA le; t = 0 ij
,d leku pqEcdh; {ks=k B Å/okZ/kj Åij dh vksj bafxr djds pkyw djrs gSaA ;fn B dk U;wure eku (mT esa) n gS]
ftlls ywi dk ry vkxkeh xfr ds nkSjku {kSfrt gks tk;s ¼Hkys pkgs {k.k Hkj ds fy,½A rks n/10 dk eku gksxk
Ans. 40
Sol. Applying Energy conservation, initially kinetic energy = 0
gravitational P.E. = 0 (say) & Magnetic P.E. = µB
3a2
where, µ = magnetic moment of the loop = i.
4
Finally when the loop becomes horizontal, Kinetic energy = 0
a
gravitational P.E.=mg (because mg acts on the centre of mass)
3
magnetic P.E. = 0
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
18. An equilateral triangular loop moves with a constant velocity v0 in the xy–plane. The region of uniform
magnetic field B0 is shown. From the instant (t = 0) the loop touches the magnetic field, until it goes out
xB0 v 0 a
completely out of the field (t = T). The magnitude of maximum emf indued is then the value of
3
‘x’.
,d leckgq f=kHkqtkdkj ywi fu;r osx v0 ls xy–ry esa xfr djrk gSA ,d leku pqEcdh; {ks=k B0 fp=k esa çnf'kZr gSA
ml {k.k (t = 0) ls ywi pqEcdh; {ks=k dks rc rd Li'kZ djrk gS tc rd fd ;g {ks=k (t = T) ls iw.kZr;k ckgj ugha
xB0 v 0 a
vk tkrk gSA vf/kdre çsfjr fo|qr okgd cy dk ifjek.k gS rks ‘x’ dk eku fy[kksA
3
Ans. X=3
Sol. At time t t le; ij
the flux over the loop ywi ls ikfjr ¶yDl
x2
= B0
3
d B0 dx 2B0 v 0 dx
(2x) x v0
dt 3 dt 3 dt
2B0 v 0 x
emf fo/kqr okgd cy =
3
3a
for maximum induced emf vf/kdre izsfjr fo/kqr ckgd cy ds fy, x =
2
then rks max = B0 a v0 .
Comprehension # 2
An ac generator G with an adjustable frequency of oscillation is used in the circuit, as shown.
lek;ksftr nksfy=k vko`fr okys ,d izR;ko`rh tfu=k G dk iz;ksx iznf'kZr ifjiFk esa fd;k tkrk gSA
R=100
L1=1.6mH
C3=2.5F
G S C1=3F
C2=
4.5F
L2=2.4mH
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
19. Current drawn from the ac source will be maximum if its angular frequency is -
izR;ko`fr lzksr ls yh xbZ /kkjk vf/kdre gksxh ;fn bldh dks.kh; vko`fr gS -
(A) 105 rad/s (B) 104 rad/s (C*) 5000 rad/s (D) 500 rad/s
Sol. Current drawn is maximum at resonant angular frequency. L eq = 4 mH, Ceq = 10 F
vf/kdre /kkjk vuquknh vko`fr dh fLFkfr esa feyrh gSA
Leq = 4 mH, Ceq = 10 F
1
= = 5000 rad/s
LC
20. To increase resonant frequency of the circuit, some of the changes in the circuit are carried out. Which
change(s) would certainly result in the increase in resonant frequency ?
ifjiFk dh vuquknh vko`fr c<+kus ds fy, ifjiFk esa dqN ifjorZu djus iM+rs gSaA dkSuls ifjorZuksa ds ifj.kkeLo:i
vuquknh vko`fr fuf'pr :i c<+ tk,xhA
(A) R is increased.
(B) L1 is increased and C1 is decreased.
(C) L2 is decreased and C2 is increased.
(D*) C3 is removed from the circuit.
(A) R c<+kus ij
(B) L1 c<+kus ij rFkk C1 ?kVkus ij
(C) C2 c<+kus ij rFkk L2 ?kVkus ij
(D*) ifjiFk ls C3 gVkus ij
Sol. (D) Ceq decreases thereby increasing resonant frequency.
(D) Ceq ?kVus ds dkj.k vuquknh vko`fr c<+ tk,xh
21. If the ac source G is of 100 V rating at resonant frequency of the circuit, then average power supplied
by the source is -
;fn izR;ko`fr lzksr G dk vuquknh vko`fr ij ikB~;kad 100 V gks rks lzksr }kjk nh xbZ vkSlr 'kfDr gksxh -
(A) 50 W (B*) 100 W (C) 500 W (D) 1000 W
100
Sol. At resonance vuqukn ij irms = = 1A
100
Power supplied nh xbZ 'kfDr = Vrms Irms cos (= 0 at resonance = 0 ij vuqukn gSA) P = 100 W
22. Average energy stored by the inductor L2 (Source is at resonance frequency) is equal to
izsjdRo L2 }kjk lafpr vkSlr ÅtkZ gS (lzksr vuquknh vko`fr ij gS)
(A) zero (B*) 1.2 mJ (C) 2.4 mJ (D) 4 mJ
1 2 1
Sol. Average energy stored lafpr vkSlr mtkZ = Lirms = (2.4 × 10–3 H) . (1 A)2 = 1.2 mJ
2 2
23. Thermal energy produced by the resistance R in time duration 1 s, using the source at resonant
condition, is
1 s, le;kUrjky esa izfrjks/k R }kjk mRiUu m"eh; ÅtkZ gksxh] ¼lzksr dh vuquknh fLFkfr dk iz;ksx djks½ -
(A) 0 J (B) 1 J
(C) 100 J (D*) not possible to calculate from the given information
(D*) nh xbZ lwpuk ls x.kuk laHko ugha gSA
Sol. As 1µs time duration is very less than time period T at resonance, thermal energy produced is not
possible to calculate without information about start of the given time duration.
1µs le;kUrjky] vuqukn dh fLFkfr esa vkorZ dky T ls cgqr de gS] vr% bl le;kUrjky ds izkjEHk gksus dh lwpuk
ds vHkko esa mRiUu m"eh; ÅtkZ dh x.kuk laHko ugha gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Column matching type Questions
Column matching type Questions (One or more than one option correct) :
Figure shows a semicircular metallic ring placed in a uniform magnetic field B = –B k̂
Column–1 shows potential difference between two points, Column–2 shows velocity of the semicircular
ring Column–3 represents values of potential differences Answer Q.45, Q46 by appropriately
matching the information given in the three columns of the following table.
fp=k esa ,d leku pqEcdh; {ks=k B = –B k̂ esa ,d v)Zo`Ùkkdkj /kkfRod oy; dks j[kk x;k gSA LrEHk& 1 nks fcUnqvksa ds
e/; foHkokUrj dks n'kkZrk gSA LrEHk–2 v)Zo`Ùkkdkj oyd dk osx n'kkZrk gSA LrEHk–3 foHkokUrj ds ekuksa dks iznf'kZr
djrk gSA uhps nh xbZ tkudkjh dks lkj.kh ds rhuksa LrEHkksa ls mfpr feyku }kjk Q.45 Q.46 ds mÙkj nhft;sA
Q
y
P R x
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
PHYSICS
INFORM ATIO
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
ANSWER KEY
1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (B) 5. (A) 6. (C) 7. (B)
8. (B,C,D) 9. (A,B) 10. (A,B,C) 11. (A,B,C,D) 12. (A,B,C,D) 13. (A,D)
f(1 2cos )
14. 5 15. 4 16. 6 17. (n 1)R/(3n 1) 18. , 0
1 cos
1
19. 2 t = n with tgk¡ = 1.8 and ,oa n = 0,1,2,3....... ; 90 nm
2
20. = 600 nm , t = 24 m 21. (A) 22. (D) 23. (A) 24. (A) 25. (C)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol.
v
x
x 1 dx v
XOE VOE =
dt
v v v v
VOE will vary as , then , then , then and then v
4 3 2
(A)
2. The adjacent figure shows cross section of a hollow glass tube of internal radius r, external radius R
and index of refraction n. For two rays DE and ABC (in which DE lies on ODE and DE is parallel to BC),
the separation r1 will be :
uhps fn;s x;s fp=k esa ,d [kks[kyh dk¡p dh ufydk dk vuqizLFk dkV n'kkZ;k x;k gSAftldh vkarfjd f=kT;k r rFkk
cká f=kT;k R gS rFkk dk¡p dk viorZukad n gSA nks izdk'k fdj.kksa DE rFkk ABC ds e/; nwjh r1 dk eku gksxk
(ftlesa DE, ODE ds vuqfn'k gS rFkk DE, BC ds lekUrj gS)
C B
r1 A
E D O
air
glass
r1 = Rcos i r1 = R sini
2
r
sin =
R
sini = nsin
nr
sini =
R
r1 = nr
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-2
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
3. A thin converging lens L1 forms a real image of an object located far away from the lens as shown in the
figure. The image is located a distance 4 and has height 'h'. A diverging lens of focal length is placed
2 from lens L1. Another converging lens of focal length 2 is placed 3 from lens L1. The height of final
image thus formed is (Both diverging and converging lenses are placed at right side of L 1 -
,d iryk vfHklkjh ysal L1 ysal ls cgqr nwj fLFkr oLrq dk okLrfod izfrfcEc fp=kkuqlkj cukrk gSA izfrfcEc 4 nwjh
ij fLFkr gS rFkk bldh špkbZ h gSA Qksdl nwjh dk ,d vilkjh ysal L1 ls 2 nwjh ij j[kk gSA 2Qksdl nwjh dk
,d vU; vfHklkjh ysal ysal L1 ls 3nwjh ij j[kk gSA vr% fufeZr vfUre izfrfcEc dh špkbZ gksxh (vilkjh rFkk
vfHklkjh ysal nksuksa L1 ds nka;h vksj j[ks gSaA½ -
h
(A) h (B) (C) 4h (D*) 2h
2
1 1 1
Sol. for 2nd lens 2nd ySal ls or v = – 2
v 2
m1 = –1
1 1 1
for 3rd lens 3rd ySal ls or v = 6
v 3 2
m2 = –2
hi = (m1 × m2) h0 = 2h
4. The lens shown is equiconvex having refractive Index. 1.5. In the situation shown the final image of
object coincides with the object. The region between lens and mirror is now filled with a liquid of
refractive Index 2. Then find the separation between O & image formed by convex mirror.
n'kkZ;k x;k ySal leksÙky gS] ftldk viorZukad 1.5 gSA n'kkZ;h xbZ fLFkfr esa oLrq dk vfUre izfrfcEc oLrq ls
lEikrh gSA vc ySal o niZ.k ds e/; ds ifj{ks=k dks 2 viorZukad ds nzo ls Hkjk tkrk gSA rc mÙky niZ.k }kjk cus
izfrfcEc o O ds e/; nwjh gksxhA
f = 20 cm
O
30 cm 20 cm
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
1 1 1
V = 60 cm
V 20 30
Radius curvature of mirror should be 40 cm.
niZ.k dh oØrk f=kT;k 40 cm gksuh pkfg,A
Case-II
2 1 1.5 1 2 1.5
V1 = – 60
V1 30 20 20
So for convex mirror u = – 80
vr% mÙky niZ.k ds fy, u = – 80
1 1 1
V = 16 cm
V 80 20
Seperation between object and this image O = 66 cm
bl izfrfcEc o oLrq ds e/; nwjh O = 66 cm
5. In the figure shown in YDSE, a parallel beam of light is incident on the slit from a medium of refractive
index n1. The wavelength of light in this medium is 1. A transparent slab of thickness ‘t’ and refractive
index n3 is put infront of one slit. The medium between the screen and the plane of the slits is n 2. The
phase difference between the light waves reaching point ‘O’ (symmetrical, relative to the slits) is :
fp=k esa YDSE dks n'kkZ;k x;k gS, fLyVksa ij ,d lekUrj izdk'k iqat n1 viorZukad ek/;e esa vkifrr gksrk
gSA bl
ek/;e esa izdk'k dk rjaxnS/;Z 1 gSA ‘t’ eksVkbZ ,oa n3 viorZukad dh ,d ikjn'kZd ifêdk ,d fLyV ds lkeus j[kh
tkrh gSA fLyVksa o insZ ds e/; ds ek/;e dk viorZukad n2 gSA fcUnq ‘O’ (fLyVksa ds lkis{k lefer fLFkfr gS) ij
igq¡pus okyh izdk'k rjaxksa ds e/; dykarj gksxk :
2 2
(A*) (n – n2) t (B) (n3 – n2) t
n11 3 1
2 n1 n3 2 n1
(C) 1 t (D) (n3 – n1) t
n2 1 n2 1
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
6. Light of wavelength is incident normally on a plane containg two slits separated by distance 2mm.
The interference is observed on a screen 6m away from slits. Space between plane and screen has a
uniform refractive index 1.5. A thin vacuum film of thickness 0.2 m is created in front of the slit S1.
What is maximum wavelength (in vacuum) for which a maxima is observed at P exactly in front of the
slit S1.
rjaxnS/;Z dk izdk'k 2mm nwjh ls i`FkDd`r nks fLyVksa okysa ,d ry ij yEcor~ vkifrr gksrk gSA fLyVksa ls 6m nwjh
ij fLFkr insZ ij O;frdj.k izfs {kr gksrk gSA ry rFkk insZ ds e/; LFkku dk viorZukad 1.5. gSA 0.2 m eksVkbZ dh
,d iryh fuokZr dh fQYe S1 ds lkeus fLFkr gSA fuokZr esa vf/kdre~ rjaxnS/;Z D;k gksxh] ftlds fy, fLyV S1 ds
Bhd lkeus fcUnq P ij mfPp"B izsf{kr gksA
7. M1 and M2 are plane mirrors and kept parallel to each other. At point O there will be a maxima for
wavelength. Light from monochromatic source S of wavelength is not reaching directly on the screen.
Then is : [ D > > d, d > > ]
M1 rFkk M2 lery niZ.k gS tks fd ,d nwljs ds lekUrj j[ks gSA O fcUnq ij rjaxnS/;Z ds fy, mfPp"B gksxkA ,d
o.khZ; L=kksr S ¼ rjaxnS/;Z dk½ ls iznRr izdk'k lh/ks insZ ij ugha igq¡prk gSA rks gS [ D > > d, d > > ]
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. The situation can be taken as if there are two sources S 1 and S2 as shown in figure. Due to these S1
and S2 , the central maxima will be at P at a distance d / 2 from O.
for 'O' to be a maxima :
3d.d 3d2 3d2 3d2
Path difference = = n = ie. = ,
2D 2nD 2d 4d
fp=kkuqlkj S1 o S2 nks lzksr fy, tkrs gS rks S1 o S2 ds dkj.k dsfUnz; mfPp"B P fcUnq ij 'O' ls d/2 nwjh ij
gksxkA
'O' ds mfPp"B gksus ds fy, iFkkUrj :
3d.d 3d2 3d2 3d2
iFkkUrj = = n = ie. = ,
2D 2nD 2d 4d
8. Consider a refracting media of refractive index 2 kept in air and surrounded by two non parallel
surfaces, such that one surface is fixed and another surface is being moved with constant angular
velocity = 2 rad/sec about point A in clockwise direction as shown in figure. Assume that refractive
media bounded by nonparallel surfaces always remains isotropic and refractive index always remains
constant. A light ray falls on fixed surface at angle of incidence 45°. Choose the correct option(s)
gok esa nks vlekUrj i`"Bksa ls f?kjsa gq, ek/;e~ dk vioZrukad 2 gS] bu i`"Bksa esa ls ,d i`"B tM+or~ gS rFkk
nwljk i`"B fu;r dks.kh; osx = 2 rad/sec ls fcUnq A ds ifjr% nf{k.kkorZ fn'kk esa fp=kkuqlkj xfr'khy gSA ekuk
vlekUrj i`"Bkas ls f?kjs gq, ek/;e~ dk viorZukad ges'kk lenSf'kd rFkk fu;r gSA tM+or~ i`"B ij ,d izdk'k dh
fdj.k 45° vkiru dks.k ij vkifrr gSA lgh fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A
A A
fixed tMor~
45° 45°
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
(A) Magnitude of the rate of change of angle of emergence from moving surface with respect to time
when = 60° is 2 2 rad/sec
(B*) Magnitude of the rate of change of angle of emergence from moving surface with respect to time
when = 60° is 2 3 rad/sec
(C*) Magnitude of the rate of change of angle of deviation with respect to time when = 60° is 2 3 2
rad/sec
(D*) the rate of change of angle of deviation with respect to time when = 60° is negative.
(A*) tc = 60° gS] rc le; ds lkis{k xfr'khy lrg ls fuxZr dks.k ds ifjorZu dh nj dk ifjek.k 2 2 rad/sec
gksxkA
(B*) tc = 60° gS] rc le; ds lkis{k xfr'khy lrg ls fuxZr dks.k ds ifjorZu dh nj dk ifjek.k 2 3 rad/sec
gksxkA
(C*) tc = 60° gS] rc le; ds lkis{k fopyu dks.k ds ifjorZu dh nj dk ifjek.k 2 3 2 rad/sec gksxkA
(D*) tc = 60° gS] rc le; ds lkis{k fopyu dks.k ds ifjorZu dh nj _.kkRed gksxhA
Sol. r1 r2
dr1 dr2 d dr1 dr2
; 0 ; 2
dt dt dt dt dt
2.sinr2 sine
dr2 de
2.cosr2 . cos e.
dt dt
r2 300 ; e 450
de
2 3 rad / sec
dt
ie
d di de d
2 3 2
dt dt dt dt
d
22 3
dt
1
9. For a prism of refracting angle /2 and refractive index (sin ), if is the angle of minimum
2
deviation and is the deviation of the ray at grazing incidence, then which of the following options is/are
correct:-
1
/2 fizTe dks.k rFkk (sin ) viorZukad okys fizTe ds fy, U;wure fopyu dks.k rFkk i`"B Li'khZ;
2
vkiru ds fy, fopyu dks.k gS] rks fuEu esa ls dkSulk@dkSuls fodYi lgh gSA
(A*) sin = sin2 (B*) cos = cos (C) sin = sin (D) sin = cos2
Sol. In the case of minimum deviation, 2i1 and sini1 sin
2 4
So, sin cos 2i1 2sin i1 1 1
2 2
....(1)
In the case of grazing incidence, sin e sin r1 1 sin 2 r1 2 1
2
and e sin 2 1 ....(2)
2 2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. U;wure fopyu dh fLFkfr esa 2i1 rFkk sin i1 sin
2 4
blfy,, sin cos 2i1 2sin 2 i1 1 2 1 ....(1)
i`"B Li'khZ; vkiru dh fLFkfr esa, sin e sin r1 1 sin 2 r1 2 1
2
rFkk e sin 2 1 ....(2)
2 2
10. In a Young's Double Slit experiment, films of thickness t A and tB and refractive indices A and B are
placed in front of slits A and B respectively. If A t A B tB , then the central maxima may
;ax ds f}fNnz ç;ksx esa tA rFkk tB eksVkbZ o A rFkkB viorZukad dh fQYe fNnzksa Øe'k% A rFkk B ds lkeus j[kh
gSA ;fn A t A B tB rc dsUnzh; mfPp"B
(A*) not shift (B*) shift towards A (C*) shift towards B (D) None of these
(A*) çfrLFkkfirugha gks ldrk gS (B*) A dh vksj çfrLFkkfir gks ldrk gS
(C*) B dh vksj çfrLFkkfir gks ldrk gS (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
Sol. The parth difference iFkkUrj
x ( A 1)t A (B 1)tB
x A t A t A B tB tB
x t B t A
if ;fn tB = tA x 0
no shift çfrLFkkiu ugha
if ;fn tB t A or ;k tB t A
x 0
central maxima may shift towards A or B.
dsUnzh; mfPp"B A ;k B dh vksj foLFkkfir gks ldrk gSA
11. Consider the arrangement shown in figure. By some mechanism, the separation between the slits S 3
and S4 can be changed. The intensity is measured at the point P which is at the common perpendicular
D
bisector of S1S2 and S3S4. When z = , the intensity measured at P is . Then select the correct
2d
alternative.
fp=k esa n'kkZ;h xbZ O;oLFkk ysrs gSA fdlh ;a=k&jpuk ds }kjk] fLyV S3 rFkk S4 ds e/; nwjh ifjofrZr dh tk ldrh
D
gSA S1S2 rFkk S3S4 ds mHk;fu"B yEco/kZd ij fLFkr fcUnq P ij rhozrk dk ekiu fd;k tkrk gSA tc z = gS, P
2d
ij ekih xbZ rhozrk gSA rc lgh dFku@dFkuksa dk p;u dhft,A
S1 S3
d z P
S2 S4
D D
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-8
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
D 3 D
(A*) When z = , Intensity at P is (B*) When z = , Intensity at P is zero
3d 2 d
3D 2D
(C*) When z = , Intensity at P is . (D*) When z = , Intensity at P is 2.
2d d
D 3 D
(A*) tc z = gS, P ij rhozrk gSA (B*) tc z = gS, P ij rhozrk 'kwU; gSA
3d 2 d
3D 2D
(C*) tc z = gS, P ij rhozrk gSA (D*) tc z = gS, P ij rhozrk 2gSA
2d d
d(z / 2) 2
Sol. x = d sin = = x
D
For intensity, P = ; S3 = S4 =
4
rhozrk ds fy,, P = ; S3 = S4 =
4
Let intensity at S1 and S2 be 0
ekuk S1 rFkk S2 ij rhozrk 0 gSA
then S3 = 40 cos2 where I0 = Intensity of S1 and S2
2
rc S3 = 40 cos2 tgkW I0= S1 rFkk S2 dh rhozrk gSA
2
1
= 40cos2 = 40 ×
4 4 2
0 =
8
Dx 2 2 d(z / 2)
(A) If (;fn) z = :f= × x =
3d D
3I
Similarly blh izdkj S3 = cos2 = cos2 =
2
2 2 6 8
s 3
at P = 4 = s
8 2
s 3
P ij rhozrk = 4 = s
8 2
D 2 d D
(B) If ;fn z = :=
d D 2d
S3 cos2 0
2 2
at P = 0
P ij rhozrk = 0
3D 2 d 3D 3
(C) If ;fn z = :f= ×
2d D 4d 2
3
S = cos2
2 4 4
at P = 4S =
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
P ij rhozrk = 4S =
2D
(D) If ;fn z = ; = 2
d
I
S = cos2 ( )
2 2
at P = 4S = 2
P ij rhozrk = 4S = 2
12. If one of the slit in a standard YDSE apparatus is covered by a thin glass slab so that it transmits only
one half of the light intensity of the other. Select correct alternatives :
;fn ekud YDSE midj.k esa ,d fLyV iryh dkWp dh ifV~Vdk }kjk <d nh tkrh gS ftlls fd ;g nwljs ls
dsoy vk/kh rhozrk ds izdk'k dks ikjxfer djsA rc lgh fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A
(A*) Resultant intensity at centre of screen will decrease
(B*) Resultant intensity at dark fringe will increase
(C*)The fringe width will remain unchanged
(D*)The fringe pattern will shift toward the covered slit.
(A*) insZ ds dsUnz ij ifj.kkeh rhozrk ?kVsxhA
(B*) vfnIr fÝatksa ij ifj.kkeh rhozrk c<+sxhA
(C*) fÝat pkSM+kbZ vifjofrZr jgrh gSA
(D*) fÝat izfr:i <dh gqbZ fLyV dh vksj foLFkkfir gksrk gSA
2
Sol. max = 1 2
=
2
min. 1 2
D
=
d
13. Consider 2 identical coherent sources S1 & S2 kept as shown in figure. Screen is very large.
Wavelength of light emitted by source is .
P
S1
Wall w1
4
S2
3
Wall w2
Q
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Assume no reflection and transmission from wall w 1 and w2. Choose correct option(s) regarding the
interference pattern observed on straight line PQ.
(A*) Total number of maxima observed on line PQ above central maxima is 3.
(B) Total number of maxima observed on line PQ below central maxima is 3.
(C) Total number of maxima observed on line PQ is 7.
(D*) Total number of maxima observed on line PQ is 9.
nks ,d leku dyk lEcUn L=kksr S1 rFkk S2 fp=kkuqlkj fLFkr gSA inkZ cgqr vf/kd foLrkfjr gSA L=kksr }kjk mRlftZr
izdk'k dh rjaxnS/;Z gSA
P
S1
nhokj w1
4
S2
3
nhokj w2
Q
;g ekfu;s fd nhokj w1 rFkk w2 ls dksbZ ijkorZu rFkk lapj.k ugha gksrk gSA ljy js[kk PQ ij izsf{kr O;frdj.k
izfr:i ls lEcfU/kr lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A
(A*) dsfUnz; mfPp"B ds Åij js[kk PQ ij izfs {kr mfPp"Bksa dh dqy la[;k 3 gSA
(B) dsfUnz; mfPp"B ds uhps js[kk PQ ij izsf{kr mfPp"Bksa dh dqy la[;k 3 gSA
(C) js[kk PQ ij izsf{kr mfPp"Bksa dh la[;k 7 gSA
(D*) js[kk PQ ij izsf{kr mfPp"Bksa dh la[;k 9 gSA
Sol. Total no. of maxima above CBF = 3
CBF ds Åij mfPp"B dh dqy la[;k = 3
Total no. of maxima below CBF = 5
CBF ds uhps mfPp"B dh dqy la[;k = 5
Total no. of minima above CBF = 4
CBF ds Åij fuEufu"B dh dqy la[;k = 4
Total no. of minima below CBF = 5
CBF ds uhps fuEufu"B dh dqy la[;k = 5
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
x = 0
S1
S2
x = 5
Ans. 5
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. R = 10cm
sin 3
Applying snell’s law = r = 53°
sin r 4
sin(r ) sin( r) 10 x 4
By sine law in ABC = ; =
10 (10 x) 10 5 (sinr cos cosr sin )
4 200 200 70 130
= ; 10 + x = x= =
4 4 3 3 7 7 7
5
5 5 5 5
Sol. R = 10cm
sin 3
Lusy dk fu;e yxkus ij = r = 53°
sin r 4
sin(r ) sin( r) 10 x
ABC esa sine ds fu;e ls = ; =
10 (10 x) 10
4 200 200 70 130
= ; 10 + x = x= =
4 4 3 3 7 7 7
5
5 5 5 5
15. Interference fringes were produced using white light in a double slit arrangement. When a mica sheet of
uniform thickness of refractive index 1.6 (relative to air) is placed in the path of light from one of the slits, the
central fringe moves through some distance. This distance is equal to the width of 30 interference bands if
t
light of wavelength 4800 Å is used. If the thickness (in m) of mica sheet is t then value of is :
6
f}&fLyV O;oLFkk esa O;frdj.k fÝUtsa 'osr çdk'k ds ç;ksx }kjk cukbZ tkrh gSA tc ,d leku eksVkbZ dh vHkzd
ifêdk ftldk viorZukad 1.6 ¼gok ds lkis{k½ gS] dks ,d fLyV ds lkeus j[k fn;k tkrk gS rks dsfUnz; fÝUt dqN
nwjh ij foLFkkfir gks tkrh gSA ;g nwjh 30 fÝUt cSaM pkSM+kbZ ds cjkcj gksrh gS ;fn çdk'k dh rjaxnS/;Z 4800 Å gS
t
rks vHkzd ifêdk dh eksVkbZ (m esa), t gks rks dk eku Kkr djksaA
6
Ans. 4
tD
Sol. (D)Shift of fringe pattern çfr:i dk foLFkkiu = ( – 1)
d
= (0.6) t
30 × 4800 × 10–10 = 0.6
30D(4800 1010 ) 1.44 10 5
t= = = 24 × 10–6
d 0.6
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
16. In YDSE with monochromatic light, fringes are obtained on the screen placed at some distance from
the slits. If screen is moved by 5 × 10–2m towards the slits, fringe width changes by 3 × 10–5 m. If
separation between the slits is 10–3 m, if wavelength of light used is 1000 y Å, then y is : (Assume
distance between the two slits is very small than the distance betwen the slits and screen)
,d o.khZ; çdk'k ds YDSE iz;ksx esa fÝUtsa] fLyVksa ls dqN nwjh ij fLFkr insZ ij çkIr gksrh gSA ;fn inkZ 5 × 10–
2m nwjh ls fLyVksa dh vksj foLFkkfir gksrk gSA rc fÝUt pkSM+kbZ 3 × 10–5 m ls ifjofrZr gksrh gSA ;fn fLyVksa ds e/;
nwjh 10–3 m gSA rc ç;qDr çdk'k dh rjxnS/;Z 1000 y Å gS rks y gksxkA : (;g ekfu, fd nksuksa fLyVksa ds e/; nwjh
fLyVksa rFkk insZ ds e/; nwjh dh rqyuk esa cgqr de gS)
Ans. 6
D1 D2
Sol. = 3 × 10–5
d d
5 102
= 3 × 10–5 = 0.6 × 10–6 = 6000 Å.
103
17. In the given figure, a hollow sphere of glass of refractive index n has a small mark M on its interior
surface which is observed by an observer O from a point outside the sphere. C is centre of the sphere.
The inner cavity (air) is concentric with the external surface and thickness of the glass is everywhere
equal to the radius of the inner surface. Find the distance by which the mark will appear nearer than it
really is, in terms of n and R assuming paraxial rays.
fp=k esa iznf'kZr n viorZukad okys dk¡p ds ,d [kks[kys xksys ds vUr% i`"B ij ,d NksVk fpUg M gS ftls xksys ds
ckgj fdlh fcUnq ls ,d çs{kd O }kjk ns[kk tkrk gSA xksys dk dsUnz C gSA vkUrfjd xqgk (gok) ckg~; i`"B ds
ladsUnzh; gS rFkk lHkh txg dk¡p dh eksVkbZ vkUrfjd i`"B dh f=kT;k ds cjkcj gSA fpUg viuh okLrfod nwjh ls
fdruk fudV fn[kk;h nsxk \ mÙkj n o R ds inksa esa Kkr dhft,A ¼v{k ds utnhd fdj.ksa ekus½
M C
air(gok) O
glass (d k¡p )
2R
4R
Ans. (n 1)R/(3n 1)
Sol.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
n 1 n 1
........... (i)
v1 2R R
For IInd refraction f}rh; viorZu ds fy,
1 n 1 n
..........(ii)
v 2 v1 R 2R
From (i) and (ii) lehdj.k (i) rFkk (ii) ls
2R(4n 1)
v2 =
1 3n
so shift vr% foLFkkiu = |v2 – (–3R)|
(4n 1)R (n 1) R
= 3R + 2 =
1 3n (3n 1)
18. Two converging lenses of the same focal length f are separated by distance 2 f as shown in figure. The
axis of the second lens is inclined at small angle with respect to the axis of the first lens. A parallel
paraxial beam of light is incident from left side on the lens. Find the coordinates of the final image with
respect to the origin of the first lens.
fp=kkuqlkj leku Qksdl nwjh f ds nks vfHklkjh ySUl ,d nwljs ls 2 f nwjh ij j[ks x;s gSaA nwljs ySUl dk v{k igys
ySUl ds v{k ds lkis{k vYi dks.k ij >qdk gqvk gSA cka;h vksj ls ,d lekUrj lek{kh; (paraxial) çdk'k iqat
ySUl ij vkifrr gksrk gSA igys ySUl ds ewy fcUnq ds lkis{k vfUre çfrfcEc ds funsZ'kkad Kkr dhft,A
2f
f(1 2cos )
Ans. , 0
1 cos
fcos
f
f
fsin
(0, 0)
f fcos
Sol.
f cos –1
1 1 1
v u f
1 1 1
v f cos f
f cos f cos
v= =–
cos 1 (1 cos )
v f cos / [cos 1] 1
m= = m=
u –f cos 1 cos
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-15
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
A´B´ f cos
= f cos
AB 1 cos
f sin
A'B' =
1 cos
,d dkap dh ifêdk ftldk viorZukad 1.5 ij ,d iryh ijr ftldh eksVkbZ t rFkk viorZukad 1.8 gS p<+kbZ tkrh
gSA izdk'k rjax ftldh rjaxnS/;Z gS ijr ij vfHkyEc vkifrr gksrh gSA ;g ijr dh Åijh lrg o fupyh lrg
ls vkaf'kd ijkofrZr gksrh gS vkSj vkaf'kd ijkofrZr fdj.ksa O;frdj.k djrh gSa rks muds lEiks"kh O;frdj.k ds fy, 'krZ
crkb;sA ;fn = 648 nm rks t dk U;wure eku crkb;s ftlds fy, rjaxs lEiks"kh O;frdj.k n'kkZ;sA
[JEE' 2000 (Main), 4/100]
1
Ans. 2 t = n with tgk¡ = 1.8 and ,oa n = 0,1,2,3....... ; 90 nm
2
Sol. Incident ray AB is partly reflected as ray 1 from the upper surface and partly reflected as ray 2 from the
lower surface of the layer of thickness t and refractive index 1 = 1.8 as shown in figure. Path difference
between the two rays would by x = 2 1t = 2 (1.8) t = 3.6 t
Ray 1 is reflected from a denser medium, therefore, it undergoes a phase change of , where as the
ray 2 gets reflected from a rarer medium, therefore, there is no change in phase ray 2.
Hence phase difference between rays 1 and 2 would be = .
Therefore, condition of constructive interference will be –
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-16
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
1
x = n , where n = 0,1,2,3........
2
1
or 3.6 t = n
2
Least value of t is corresponding to n = 1 or
648
tmin = or tmin = nm
2 3.6 7.2
or tmin = 90 nm
(i) For a wave (whether it is sound or electromagnetic), a medium is denser or rarer is decided from
the speed of wave in that medium. In denser medium speed of wave is less. For example, water is rarer
for sound, while denser for light compared to air because speed of sound in water is more than is air
while speed of light is less.
(ii) In transmission / refraction, no phase change takes place. In reflection, there is a change of phase of
when it is reflected by a denser medium and phase change is zero if it is reflected by a rarer medium.
(iii) If two waves in phase interfere having a path difference of x ; then condition of maximum intensity
would be x = n : n = 0,1,2.......
But if two waves, which are already out of phase (a phase difference of .) interfere with path difference
x, then condition of maximum intensity will be
1
x = n : n = 0,1,2,......
2
Sol. vkifrr fdj.k AB vkaf'kd ijkofrZr gksrh gS fdj.k 1 ds :i esa Åijh lrg ls rFkk fdj.k 2 ds :i esa fp=kkuqlkj
viorZu xq.kkad 1 = 1.8 rFkk t eksVkbZ dh ijr dh fupyh lrg ls vkaf'kd ijkofrZr gksrh gS nksuksa fdj.kksa ds e/;
iFkkUrj gksxk&
x = 2 1t = 2 (1.8) t = 3.6 t
fdj.k 1 l?ku ek/;e ls ijkofrZr gksrh gS] vr% blesa dk dyk ifjorZu gks tkrk gS tcfd fdj.k 2 fojy ek/;e ls
ijkofrZr gksrh gS vr% bldh dyk esa dksbZ ifjorZu ugha gksxkA bl izdkj fdj.k 1 o 2 esa = dk dykUrj gksxk
vr% lEiks"kh O;frdj.k dh 'krZ gksxh &
1
x = n ,
2
tgk¡ n = 1,2,3........
1
;k 3.6 t = n
2
t dk fuEure gy n = 1 ds laxr gksxk
;k tmin =
2 3.6
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-17
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
648
;k tmin = nm
7.2
;k tmin = 90 nm
(i) rjax ds fy, (/ofu ;k oS|qrpqEcdh;) ,d ek/;e l?ku ;k fojy gksxk] ;g ek/;e esa rjax dh pky ls
fu/kkZfjr gksrk gSA l?ku ek/;e esa rjax dh pky de gksxhA mnkgj.k Lo:i ikuh] /ofu ds fy;s fojy ek/;e gS]
tcfd ikuh izdk'k ds fy, ok;q dh rqyuk esa l?ku ek/;e gSA D;ksfd /ofu dh pky ty esa ok;q ds lkis{k T;knk gS
tcfd izdk'k dh pky de gSA
(ii) ikjxeu @ viorZu esa] dyk ifjofrZr ugh gksrh gS] ijkorZu esa tc ijkorZu l?ku ek/;e ls gks rks dyk ifjorZu
gks tkrk gS tcfd fojy ek/;e ls ijkorZu ij dyk ifjofrZr ugh gksrh gSA
(iii) tc nks rajxs tks leku dyk esa gS tc x ds iFkkUrj ds lkFk O;frdj.k djrh gS rks vf/kdre rhozrk dh 'krZ
gksxh
x = n : n = 0,1,2.......
ijUrq tc nks rjaxs tks igys ls gh foijhr dyk ¼dykUrj ½ esa gS tc x ds iFkkUrj ds lkFk O;frdj.k djrh gS rks
vf/kdre rhozrk dh 'krZ gksxh
1
x = n : n = 0,1,2,......
2
20. In a YDSE experiment, the distance between the slits & the screen is 100 cm. For a certain distance
between the slits, an interference pattern is observed on the screen with the fringe width 0.25 mm.
When the distance between the slits is increased by d = 1.2 mm, the fringe width decreased to
n = 2/3 of the original value. In the final position, a thin glass plate of refractive index 1.5 is kept in front
of one of the slits & the shift of central maximum is observed to be 20 fringe width. Find the thickness of
the plate & wavelength of the incident light.
;ax ds iz;ksx esa fLyV ls insZ dh nwjh 100 cm. gSA fLyVksa ds chp dh fuf'pr nwjh ds fy, O;frdj.k izk:i tks insZ
ij ns[kk tkrk gS, fÝUt pkSM+kbZ 0.25 mm. nsrk gSA tc fLyVks ds chp dh nwjh d = 1.2 mm ls c<+k nh tkrh gS]
rks fÝUt pkSM+kbZ igys dh 2/3 jg tkrh gSA vfUre fLFkfr esa ,d dkap dh iêhdk viorZukad µ = 1.5 dks fdlh ,d
fLyV ds lkeus j[k fn;k tkrk gS rks dsfUnz; mfPp"B dk foLFkkiu 20 fÝUt pkSM+kbZ ds cjkcj gksxkA izdk'k dh
rjaxnS/;Z o iêhdk dh eksVkbZ D;k gksxhA
Ans. = 600 nm , t = 24 m
D
Sol Clearly Li"Vr% initial =
di
0.25 × 10–3 = ×1m
d
= 2.5 × 10–4 .............(1)
d
Afterwards i'pkr~ :
2 D
i =
3 (d d)
2 2.5 10 4
= .............(2)
d d 3 1
Dividing (1) and (2)
(1) dks (2) ls foHkkftr djus ij
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-18
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
d d 3
= d = 2 (d) = 2.4 mm.
d 2
& = 2.4 × 2.5 × 10–7 m = 600 nm.
Now vc
Now P becomes central maxima.
vr% P dsUnzh; mfPp"B cu tkrk gS
for point P fcUnq P ds fy, : d sin = ( – 1) t
20
d. tan ( – 1)t
D
d = ( – 1)t
d 20 D
= (1.5 – 1)t
D d
20 20 600 10–9
t= = = 24 m.
0.5 0.5
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-19
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
22. The value of angle i1 in degrees is
dks.k i1 dk eku fMxzh esa gksxkA
(A) 40° (B) 60° (C) 70° (D*) 90°
Sol When angle of incidence is i1, e = 40°
(from reversibility of ray)
also = 70°
70° = i1 + 40° – A
i1= 90°
tc vkiru dks.k i1, e = 40° gS
(fdj.k ds O;qRØe.kh;rk ls)
rFkk = 70°
70° = i1 + 40° – A
i1= 90°
An object O is kept on the principal axis of a concave mirror, at a distance 200 cm from pole of the
220
mirror. By some mechanism radius of curvature of mirror is changing with time as R = cm , here t is
t
in second. Column–1 shows the time instant, Column–2 represents velocity of image at that time and
Column–3 represents acceleration of image at that time. Answer Q.40. Q41 and Q.42 by
appropriately matching the information given in the three columns of the following table.
,d oLrq O dks vory niZ.k dh eq[; v{k ij j[kk x;k gS] niZ.k ds /kzqo ls oLrq dh nwjh 200 cm gSA fdlh izdkj
220
ls niZ.k dh oØrk f=kT;k dks R = cm ds vuqlkj cnyk tkrk gS, tgk¡ le; t lsd.M esa gS] dkWye–1 esa le;
t
rFkk dkWye–2 esa fn;s x;s le; ij izfrfcEc dk osx n'kkZ;k x;k gS rFkk dkWye –3 esa fn;k x;s le; ij izfrfcEc dk
Roj.k n'kkZ;k x;k gSA iz'u la[;k 23. 24 rFkk 25 dk mÙkj lgh feyku djds nhft;sA
200
R cm
t
O P
200cm
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-20
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
23. Which of the following is correctly matched ?
fuEu esa ls dkSulk lgh feyku gS %
(A*) (A)(S)(4) (B) (A)(Q)(4) (C) (A)(S) (1) (D) (A) (Q)(1)
24. Which of the following is correctly matched ?
fuEu esa ls dkSulk lgh feyku gS %
(A*) (B) (R)(3) (B) (B)(S)(3) (C) (B)(R)(2) (D) (B) (P)(1)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-21
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
PHYSICS
INFORM ATIO
E E ST
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
DPP Syllabus : Modern Physics-1 & Nuclear Physics (part of unit-5) Time : 60 minute
ANSWER KEY
1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (C) 4. (C) 5. (C) 6. (A) 7. (B)
8. (B) 9. (A,D) 10. (A,D) 11. (A,B,C,D) 12. (A,D) 13. 9
1 nh
14. 2 15. 63 16. 94 17. ke 1 2ln
2 2 kema
2
18. (T1 – T2) = 1.09 °C 19. (B) 20. (C) 21. (A) 22. (A,C) 23. (D)
24. (C) 25. (D)
2. A neutron with kinetic energy 70 eV collides in-elastically with a stationary He+ atom (in ground state) and
neutron is scattered at right angle to the original direction of its motion. After collision the electron in He +
atom is transferred to the third excited state, then after collision (take M He = 4mN). Choose the incorrect
option.
(A) kinetic energy of He+ atom is 17.8 eV
(B) kinetic energy of neutron is 1.2 eV
(C*) kinetic energy of neutron is 2.2 eV
(D) maximum 3 different wavelength may be emitted during de-excitation of He+ion
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
70 eV xfrt ÅtkZ dk ,d U;wVªkWu ewy voLFkk esa fLFkr fLFkj He+ ijek.kq ls vizR;kLFk :i ls Vdjkrk gS] rFkk VDdj
ds i'pkr~ U;wVªkWu viuh ewy fn'kk ds yEcor~ fn'kk esa xfr djrk gSA VDdj ds i'pkr~ He+ ijek.kq esa bysDVªkWu r`rh;
mRrsftr voLFkk esa LFkkukUrfjr gks tkrk gSA rc VDdj ds i'pkr~ (MHe = 4mN fyft,) xyr fodYiksa dk p;u
dhft,A
(A) He+ ijek.kq dh xfrt ÅtkZ 17.8 eV gSA
(B) U;wVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ 1.2 eV gSA
(C*) U;wVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ 2.2 eV gSA
(D) He+ vk;u ds ewy voLFkk izkIr djus esa vf/kdre rhu rjaxnS/;Z mRlftZr gks ldrh gSA
Sol.
Pneutron 2mn .knf
70 eV
n He px
py
CLM (x-axis) 2mn (70ev) px
CLM (y-axis) 2mnKnf py
2
p2x p2y
2mn (70ev) 2mn(Kn f )
K =
=
2ma 2 (4mn )
4K – Knf = 70 eV ……..(1)
Also, Kni – K – Knf = 51 eV
K + Knf = 19 eV ……..(2)
Using (1) and (2)
(1) rFkk (2) ds mi;ksx ls
89
K = eV 17.8eV
5
K nf = 1.2 eV
On de-excitation of e– of He-ion
He vk;u ds bysDVªkWu ds vmÙksftr gksus ij
n(n 1)
No of wavelength emitted = =6
2
n(n 1)
mRlftZr rjax+)S;Z dh la[;k = =6
2
3. The area enclosed by the nth orbit of a hydrogen atom is Sn. The graph between log(Sn/S1) and log (n)
will
(A) be a circle
(B) will be a parabola
(C*) be a straight line with a slope of 4
(D) be a monotonically increasing nonlinear curve
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh n oh d{kk }kjk ifjc) {ks=kQy Sn gSA log(Sn/S1) rFkk (n) ds e/; xzkQ gksxkA
(A) o`Ùk
(B) ijoy;
(C*) ljy js[kk ftldh <ky 4 gSA
(D) yxkrkj c<+rk gqvk vjs[kh; oØ
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-2
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
4. A spherical ball of mass m and radius r is dropped in air of coefficient of viscosity . The de-broglie
wavelength of ball when it is moving with terminal speed is. (Neglect the force of buoyancy and h =
planck's constant)
m nzO;eku rFkk r f=kT;k dh xksykdkj xsan ';kurk xq.kkad dh ok;q esa NksMh tkrh gSA tc xsan lhekUr osx ls xfr
djrh gSA rc bldk Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z D;k gksxkA (mRIykod cy dks ux.; ekusa rFkk h = Iykad fu;rkad gSA)
6 h 6hr 6hr 6h2 r
(A) (B) (C*) (D)
m2 g mg m2 g m2 g
Sol. Terminal speed lhekUr pky mg = 6rnv
h h h
de-broglie wavelength Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z = =
p mv mg
m
6r
6hr
=
m2 g
5. Two radioactive samples X and Y having half life 3 years and 2 years respectively have been decaying
for many years. Today both samples have equal number of atoms. The number of atoms in the sample
X will be twice of the number of atoms in the sample Y after
nks jsfM;kslfØ; ijkek.kq X rFkk Y ftudh v)Zvk;q 3 o"kZ rFkk 2 o"kZ gS] dbZ o"kks± ls lfØ; gSaA orZeku esa nksuksa uewuksa
esa leku ijek.kq mifLFkr gSaA X ds ijek.kqvksa dh la[;k Y ds ijek.kqvksa ls nqxquh gksxh %
(A) 6/5 years (B) 5/6 years (C*) 6 years (D) 2 years
(A) 6/5 o"kZ ckn (B) 5/6 o"kZ ckn (C*) 6 o"kZ ckn (D) 2 o"kZ ckn
6. In a radioactive reactor, radionuclide X are being injected at a rate of r atoms/sec which decay to a
stable daughter nuclide Y according to equation.
,d jsfM;ks,fDVo Hkêh esa] jsfM;ksukfHkd X, r ijek.kq@lS- dh nj ls izosf'kr djk;k tkrk gS tks lehdj.k ds vuqlkj
LFkk;h iq=kh ukfHkd Y esa {kf;r gks tkrk gSA
X Y E
The energy released in each decay process is transformed to electricity and used to light up a bulb. If
the process starts at t = 0 then :(At t = 0 The number of radionuclide X = 0)
izR;sd {k; izfØ;k esa eqä ÅtkZ] fo|qr ÅtkZ esa :ikUrfjr dh tkrh gS rFkk cYc dks izTofyr djus esa iz;qDr gksrh
gSA ;fn izfØ;k t = 0 le; ij izkjEHk gksrh gSA rc (t = 0 ij jsfM;ksukfHkd dh la[;k X = 0)
(A*) Brightness of bulb increases with time in the beginning and then becomes constant
(B) Brightness of bulb decreases with time in the beginning and then becomes constant
(C) Brightness first increases then decreases later
(D) Brightness first decreases then increases later
(A*) izkjEHk esa cYc dh ped (Brightness) le; ds lkFk c<+rh gS rRi'pkr~ fu;r gks tkrh gSA
(B) izkjEHk esa cYc dh ped le; ds lkFk ?kVrh gS rRi'pkr~ fu;r gks tkrh gSA
(C) igys ped c<+rh gS rFkk ckn esa ?kVrh gSA
(D) igys ped ?kVrh gS rFkk ckn esa c<+rh gSA
Sol. The rate of accumulation of nuclei of X in the reactor can be given as
Hkêh esa X ukfHkd dh laxzfgr nj fuEu izdkj nh tk ldrh gSA
dNX
= r – NX
dt
r
NX = (1 – e–t)
Thus amount of NX continuously increases with time hence brightness of bulb will continuously
increase.
vr% Nx dh ek=kk le; ds lkFk fujUrj c<+sxhA vr% cYc dh ped fujUrj c<+sxhA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-3
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
7. An isolated nucleus which was initially at rest, disintegrates into two nuclei due to internal nuclear
64
forces and no rays are produced. If the ratio of their kinetic energy is found to be then :
27
,d foyfxr ukfHkd tks çkjEHk esa fojke ij Fkk] vkUrfjd ukfHkdh; cy ds dkj.k nks ukfHkdksa esa fo?kfVr gks tkrk gS
64
rFkk dksbZ fdj.k mRiUu ugha gksrh gSA ;fn mudh xfrt ÅtkZvksa dk vuqikr gS rc :
27
64
(A) Ratio of their de–broglie wavelength is respectively
27
64
(B*) Ratio of their speed is respectively
27
5
(C) Ratio of their nuclear radius is respectively
4
(D) None of these
64
(A) mudh Mh&czksxyh rjaxnS/;Z dk vuqikr Øe'k% gksxkA
27
64
(B*) mudh pky dk vuqikr Øe'k% gSA
27
5
(C) mudh ukfHkdh; f=kT;k dk vuqikr Øe'k% gSA
4
(D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
Sol. P1 = P2 = P
m1v1 = m2v2
P2 P2 64
=
2m1 2m2 27
m2 64 v
= = 1
m1 27 v2
1 h /P1
= =1:1
2 h /P2
1/ 3 1/ 3
R1 A1 27 3
=
R2 A 2 64 4
8. Binding Energy per nucleon of a fixed nucleus XA is 6 MeV. It absorbs a neutron moving with
KE = 2 MeV, and converts into Y, emitting a photon of energy 1 MeV. The Binding Energy per nucleon
of Y (in MeV) is
,d fLFkj ukfHkd XA dh izfr ukfHkdh; d.k ca/ku ÅtkZ 6 MeV gSA ;g ,d U;wVªkWu dk vo'kks"k.k djrk gS ftldh
xfrt ÅtkZ KE = 2 MeV gS rFkk ukkfHkd Y esa :ikUrfjr gks tkrk gS ,oa lkFk esa 1 MeV ÅtkZ dk QksVksu mRlftZr
djrk gSA ukkfHkd Y esa izfr ukfHkdh; d.k cU/ku ÅtkZ (MeV esa ) D;k gksxhA
(6A 1) (6A 1) 6A 1
(A) (B*) (C) 7 (D)
(A 1) (A 1) A 1
Sol. [Because absorption of energy decreases BE and releas of energy increases BE]
In Y nuclues there are A + 1 nuclues.
BE 6A 1
=
nucleon A 1
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-4
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
One or more than one choice correct type Questions
9. The electron in hydrogen atom makes a transition n 1 n2 where n1 and n2 are the principal quantum
number of two states. Assuming the Bohr model to be valid, the time period of the electron in the initial
state is eight times that in the final state. The possible value of n 1 and n2 are:
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dk bysDVªkWu n1 n2 esa ladzfer gksrk gSA ;gk¡ n1 o n2 nks d{kkvksa ds eq[; DokUVe la[;k, gSA
ckWgj ds ijek.kfod eksMy dk mi;ksx djrs gq,] bysDVªkWu dk izkjfEHkd d{kk esa vkorZdky vafre d{kk esa vkorZdky
dk vkB xquk izkIr gksrk gSA n1 o n2 ds laHko eku gS %
(A*) n1 = 2 And n2 = 1 (B) n1 = 8 and n2 = 2
(C) n1 = 8 And n2 = 1 (D*) n1 = 6 and n2 = 3
(A*) n1 = 2 o n2 = 1 (B) n1 = 8 o n2 = 2
(C) n1 = 8 o n2 = 1 (D*) n1 = 6 o n2 = 3
2rn
Sol. Time period vkorZdky Tn =
Vn
n2
T i.e., vFkkZr T n3
1/ n
n1 =2n2
Hence,vr% n1 = 2n2
Choice (b) and (c) are wrong.
(B) o (C) fodYi lgh gSA
10. At t = 0, a sample of radionuclide A has the same decay rate as a sample of radionuclide B has at t =
60 min. The disintegration constants of A and B are A and B respectively, with A < B. Choose the
correct option(s) :
fdlh uewus esa t = 0 ij fdlh jsfM;ks lfØ; ukfHkd A dh {k; nj t = 60 feuV ij jsfM;ks lfØ; ukfHkd B dh {k;
nj ds leku gSaA A o B ds {k; fu;rkad Øe'k% A rFkk B (A < B) gSA lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk p;u dhft;sA
(A*) The half life of radionuclide A is greater than that of B.
(B) At t = 60 min, number of atoms in sample of material A is greater than that of sample B.
(C) The two samples will never have the same decay rate simultaneously.
(D*) After certain time, the two samples will have the same decay rate simultaneously for an instant.
(A*) jsfM;ksa lfØ; ukfHkd A dh v)Zvk;q B ls T;knk gSA
(B) t = 60 feuV ij inkFkZ A ds uewus esa ijek.kqvksa dh la[;k B uewus ls T;knk gSA
(C) nksuksa uewuksa dh {k; nj ,d lkFk dHkh Hkh leku ugh gksxhA
(D*) dqN le; i'pkr~ fdlh {k.k ij nksuksa uewuksa dh {k; nj ,d lkFk leku gksxhA
1 t1 / 2
Sol. As tS l k fd t(1/2) A > t(1/2)B
n2
t t
1h 1h
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-5
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
11. A fusion reaction consists of combining four protons into an –particle. The mass of –particle is
4.002603u and that of proton is 1.007825u, mass of electron is 0.00054466u
,d lay;u vfHkfØ;k esa pkj çksVkWu la;qDr gksdj ,d –d.k cukrs gSaA –d.k dk nzO;eku 4.002603u, çksVkWu dk
nzO;eku 1.007825u o bysDVªkSu dk nzO;eku 0.00054466u gSA
(A*) the equation 4p11 He24 does not satisfy conservation of charge
(B*) the correct reaction equation may be 4p11 He24 + 2+ + 2 where + is positron and is the
neutrino (zero rest mass and uncharged)
(C*) loss of mass in the reaction is 0.027608 u
(D*) the energy equivalent of the mass defect is 25.7 MeV
(A*) lehdj.k 4p11 He24 vkos'k laj{k.k dks lUrq"V ugha djrh gSA
(B*) lgh vfHkfØ;k lehdj.k 4p11 He24 + 2+ + 2 gks ldrh gS tgk¡ + ikWthVªkWu gS rFkk U;wfVªuksa ('kwU;
fojke nzO;eku rFkk vukosf'kr) gSA
(C*) vfHkfØ;k esa nzO;eku {kfr 0.027608 u gSA
(D*) nzO;eku {kfr ds rqY; ÅtkZ 25.7 MeV gSA
Ans. (A), (B), (C), (D)
Sol. Mass defect nzO;eku {kfr m = 4mH – mHe – 2me
MeV
Q = 0.027608 u × 932 = 25.7 MeV
u
12. Consider the arrangement shown in figure. Disc is uniform of mass m and of radius R. Intensity of
parallel beam falling on disc is uniform. Disc is in equilibrium due to radiation falling on it. String is ideal
1
and coefficient of absorption for disc is . Choose the correct option(s): (Plane of disc is horizontal)
3
g
mg tan
(A*) Tension in the string is T
5
2mg tan
(B) Tension in the string is T
5
2mgC
(C) Intensity of the beam is =
5R 2 cos2
3mgC
(D*) Intensity of the beam is =
5R 2 cos2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-6
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
fp=k esa iznf'kZr O;oLFkk ij fopkj dhft,] iznf'kZr ,d leku pdrh dk nzO;eku m rFkk f=kT;k R gSA pdrh ij
vkirhr lekUrj iqat dh rhozrk le:i gSA pdrh vkifrr fofdj.kksa ds dkj.k lkE;koLFkk esa gSA jLlh vkn'kZ gS] rFkk
1
pdrh dk vo'kks"k.k xq.kkad gSA lgh fodYi@fodYiksa dk p;u dhft,A (pdrh dk ry {kSfrt gSA)
3
g
R2 cos2
F = 1 r
Sol. C
mg
13. If the frequency of k x-ray emitted from the element with atomic number 31 is f, if the frequency of k
25
x-ray emitted from the element with atomic number 51 , is given by f then x is (assume that
x
screening constant for K is 1)
;fn 31 ijek.kq Øekad okys rRo ls mRlftZr k x-fdj.k dh vko`fr f gS rks 51 ijek.kq Øekad okys rRo ls
25
mRlftZr k x-fdj.k dh vko`fr f gS rks x gksxk & ( K ds fy, fLØfuax fu;rkad 1 gSA)
x
Ans. 9
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-7
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Sol. f = a(Z–1)
f = a(31 – 1)
25f
= a(51 –1)
x
x=9
14. Two radioactive materials A and B have decay constants 5 and respectively. Initially both A and B
1
have the same number of nuclei. The ratio of the number of nuclei of A to that of B will be , after the
e
x
time then x is :
8
nks jsfM;kslfØ; inkFkZ A rFkk B ds {k; fu;rkad Øe'k% 5 rFkk gSA çkjEHk esa nksauks A rFkk B ds ukfHkdksa dh
x 1
la[;k leku gSA ;fn le; i'pkr~ A ds ukfHkd dh la[;k rFkk B ds ukfHkd dh la[;k dk vuqikr gks
8 e
tkrk gS] rks x dk eku gksxkA
Ans. 2
NA (t) N0 exp( 5t) 1
Sol. Using the law of radioactive decay, one can write
NB (t) N0 exp( t) e
NA (t) N0 exp( 5t) 1
jsfM;kslfØ; ds {k; ds fu;e ls] ge fy[k ldrs gS
NB (t) N0 exp( t) e
Solving this one gets the results. bUgsa gy djus ij ge ifj.kke çkIr dj ldrs gSA
15. The present day abundances of the isotopes U 238 and U235 are in the ratio of 128 : 1. They have half
7x
lives of 4.5 × 109 years and 7 × 108 years respectively. If age of earth is × 109 years, then calculate
76
x (Assume equal amount of each isotope existed at the time of formation of the earth).
orZeku esa leLFkkfudksa U238 rFkk U235 dk vuqikr 128 : 1 gSA buds v}Z vk;qdky Øe'k% 4.5 × 109 o"kZ rFkk
7x
7 × 108 o"kZ gSA ;fn i`Foh dh vk;q × 109 o"kZ gks] rks x dh x.kuk dhft;s (;g ekfu;s fd i`Foh fuekZ.k ds le;
76
nksuksa leLFkkfudksa dh cjkcj ek=kk Fkh)
Ans. 63
1 t
Sol. 128 N = N0 e ...(i)
2 t
N = N0 e ...(ii)
1 t 2t
128 = e
n 128 = n2
n2
t
4.5 10 9
7 108
1 1
7 n 2= n2 t
7 108
4.5 109
(45 7)
7= t
7 45 108
7 63
× 109 = t Hence x = 63
38 2
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-8
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
16. An element X decays, first by positron emission and then two -particles are emitted in successive
radioactive decay. If the product nuclei has a mass number 229 and atomic number 89, the atomic
number of element X is
,d rRo X {kf;r gksrk gS igys ikWftVªkWu mRltZu gksrk gSA fQj nks -d.k mRlftZr gksrs gSA ;fn mRikn ukfHkd dk
nzO;eku Øekad 229 gS rFkk ijek.kq Øekad 89 gS rks X dk ijek.kq Øekad gSA
Ans. 94
Sol.
r
17. Suppose the potential energy between electron and proton at a distance r is given by U = ke n ,
a
where r < a and k,e,a are positive constants. Use Bohr’s theory to obtain the energy of nth energy level
for such an atom.
r
ekfu;s r nwjh ij fLFkr bysDVªkWu o izksVkWu ds chp fLFkfrt ÅtkZ U = ke n ls nh tkrh gS] ;gk¡ r < a rFkk k,e,a
a
/kukRed fLFkjkad gSA bl izdkj ds ijek.kq ds fy;s n osa ÅtkZ Lrj dh ÅtkZ cksgj fl)kUr ls Kkr dfj;sA
1 nh
Ans. ke 1 2ln
2 2 kema2
U Ke mv 2
Sol. |F|= = =
r r r
mv2 = ke .....(1)
nh
Also rFkk mvr = .....(2)
2
Ke nh m
v= and rFkk r =
m 2m ke
En = KE + PE
1 1 nh 1
= mv2 + U = ke + ke ln
2 2 2a kem
1 nh
= ke 1 2 n
2 2 Kema2
18. 100 millicuries of radon which emits 5.5 MeV - particles are contained in a glass capillary tube 5 cm
long with internal and external diameters 2 and 6mm respectively Neglecting and effects and assuming
that the inside of the tube is uniformly irradiated by the particles which are stopped at the surface
calculate the temperature difference between the walls of a tube when steady thermal conditions have
been reached.
Thermal conductivity of glass = 0.025 Cal cm -2 s-1 C-1
Curie = 3.7 × 1010 disintergration per second
J = 4.18 joule Cal-1
,d dsf'kdk uyh ftldh yEckbZ 5 lseh- ,oa vkUrfdj ,oa cká O;kl 2 feeh- Fkk 6 feeh- gSA blesa 100 feyhD;qjh
ek=kk dk jsMkWu j[kk gS tks fd 5.5 MeV okys - d.k mRlftZr djrk gS] tks fd ufydk dh vkUrfjd lrg ij ,d
leku :i ls vkifrr gksrs gS rFkk fojke esa vk tkrs gSA rkih; lkE; voLFkk dh fLFkfr esa ufydk dh vkUrfjd ,oa
cká lrg ds e/; rkikUrj Kkr djksA
dk¡p dh Å"eh; pkydrk = 0.025 Cal cm-2 s-1 C-1
1 D;qjh = 3.7 × 1010 vi?kVu izfr lsad.M+
J = 4.18 twy dSykjh-1
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-9
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Ans. (T1 – T2) = 1.09 °C
Sol. The flow of heat in a material placed between the walls of a coaxial cylinder is given by
dQ 2KL T1 – T2
=
dt r
n 2
r1
Number of decays of radon atoms per second
dN
= 100 × 10–3 × 3.7 × 1010 = 3.7 × 109 disintegration/second
dt
Energy deposited by ' s =3.7 × 109 × 5.5 MeV/s
= 2.035 × 1010 MeV/s = 3.256 × 10–7 J = 0.779 × 10–3 Cal/s
Using the values. k = 0.025 Cal cm –2 s–1 C–1, L = 5 cm, r1 = 2 mm and
r2 = 6 mm in (1), and solving for (T 1 – T2) we find (T1 – T2) = 1.09 °C
Sol. lek{kh; csyu dh nhokjksa ds e/; j[ks inkFkZ esa Å"eh; izokg dh nj
dQ 2KL T1 – T2
=
dt r
n 2
r1
jsMkWu ds izfrlsd.M+ vi?kfVr ijek.kqvksa dh la[;k
dN
= 100 × 10–3 × 3.7 × 1010 = 3.7 × 109 disintegration/second
dt
d.kksa }kjk vkUrfjd lrg dks nh x;h Å"ek dh nj s =3.7 × 109 × 5.5 MeV/s
= 2.035 × 1010 MeV/s = 3.256 × 10–7 J = 0.779 × 10–3 Cal/s
k = 0.025 Cal cm–2 s–1 C–1, L = 5 cm, r1 = 2 mm rFkk
r2 = 6 mm eku j[kdj gy djus ij, (T1 – T2) = 1.09 °C
19. If frequency ( > 0) of incident light becomes n times the initial frequency () then maximum kinetic
energy of emitted photoelectrons becomes (0 = threshold frequency ) :
;fn vkifrr izdk'k dh vko`fÙk ( > 0) izkjfEHkd vko`fÙk () dh n xquk dj nh tk;s rks mRlftZr QksVks bysDVªksuksa dh
vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ gks tk;sxhA (0 = nsgyh vko`fÙk gS ) :
(A) n times the initial maximum kinetic energy
(B*) more than n times the initial maximum kinetic energy
(C) less than n times of initial maximum kinetic energy
(D) maximum kinetic energy of emitted photoelecrons remain unchanged.
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-10
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
(A) izkjfEHkd vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ dh n xquh
(B*) izkjfEHkd vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ dh n xquh ls vf/kd
(C) izkjfEHkd vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ dh n xquh ls de
(D) mRlftZr QksVks bysDVªkWuksa dh vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ vifjofrZr jgsxh
Sol. From Einstein photoelectic equation.
vkbalVhu dh izdk'k fo|qr lehdj.k ls
K = h –
K’ = h – = n (h - ) + (n -1)
K’ = nk + (n - 1)
From above expression K’ > nK because can never be zero
mijksDr O;atd ls K’ > nK D;ksafd dHkh 'kwU; ugha gks ldrk
20. A light beam containing a number of wavelengths is used in an photoelectric experiment. The stopping
potential :
(A) is related to mean wavelength.
(B) is related to maximum wavelength.
(C*) is related to the maximum K.E of emitted photoelectrons
(D) is related to intensity of incident light.
fdlh izdk'k fo|qr iz;ksx esa cgqo.khZ rjaxnS/;Z okyk izdk'k iqat mi;ksx esa fy;k tkrk gSA fujks/kh foHko :
(A) ek/; rjaxnS/;Z ls lacaf/kr gksxk
(B) vf/kdre rjaxnS/;Z ls lacaf/kr gksxk
(C*) mRlftZr QksVks bysDVªksuksa dh vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ ls lacaf/kr gksxk
(D) vkifrr izdk'k dh rhozrk ls lacaf/kr gksxk
Sol. Stopping potential is the measurment of maximum kinetic energy of emitted photoelectrons and kinetic
energy of emitted photoelectrons is linearly with the frequency of incident light correponding (i,e
corresponding to shortest wavelength, K.E is maximum).
Stopping potential is independent of intensity.
fujks/kh foHko mRlftZr QksVks bysDVªksuksa dh vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ dk ekiu gksrk gS vkSj mRlftZr QksVks bysDVªksuksa dh
xfrt ÅtkZ vko`fÙk ds lkFk jsf[kd :i ls ifjofrZr gksrh gSA (vFkkZr~ U;wure rjaxnS/;Z ds laxr xfrt ÅtkZ
vf/kdre gksrh gS).
fujks/kh foHko vkifrr izdk'k dh rhozrk ij fuHkZj ugha djrk gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-11
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Comprehension–2
A sample contains two radioactive nuclei X and Y with half lives 2 hr and 1 hr respectively. The nucleus
X-decays into the nucleus Y and Y decays into a stable nucleus Z. At time t = 0 the activities of the
components in the sample were equal and were each equal to A0
T1/2 = 2 hr T1/2 = 1 hr
X Y Z
Suppose that NX, NY are the number of nuclei of X and Y, respectively, at time t. It is given that
Y .t
Y NY = X (NX + NY) + C1 e
where X, Y are the decay constants of X and Y; C1 is an arbitrary constant.
,d izfrn'kZ esa nks jsfM;ksa/kehZ ukfHkdksa dh v)Z vk;q Øe'k% 2 hr rFkk 1 hr gSA ukfHkd X fo?kVhr gksdj ukfHkd Y esa
rFkk ukfHkd Y fo?kVhr gksdj vU; LFkk;h ukfHkd Z esa ifjofrZr gks tkrk gSA t = 0 le; ij uewus esa ?kVdks dh
lfØ;rk leku gS] rFkk izR;sd ds fy, A0 ds cjkcj gSA
T1/2 = 2 hr T1/2 = 1 hr
X Y Z
ekuk fd NX, NY Øe'k% X rFkk Y ds ukfHkdksa dh la[;k t le; ij gSA bldks fuEu izdkj fn;k tkrk gSA
Y .t
Y NY = X (NX + NY) + C1 e
;gk¡ X, Y Øe'k% X rFkk Y ds fy, {k; fu;rkad gS] rFkk C1 dksbZ vU; fu;rkad gSA
n2 n2
where (tgk¡) X , Y
2 1
Putting these values in the given equation for NY, we get, (at t = 0)
NY Kkr djus ds fy,, bu ekuksa dks lehdj.k esa j[kus ij (t = 0 ij)
A0
C1 .
2
From equation (i) (lehdj.k (i) ls)
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-12
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
1 X t A
NY A0e 0 e Y t .
Y X 2
A0 2 1
NY (t 4) n2 4 16
.
NY (t 0) A0
2 1
n2
24. The ground state energy of hydrogen atom is –13.6 eV. A sample of hydrogen atoms in its ground state
is irradiated with photons of energy 10.2 eV. The radiations from the above sample is then incident on
two sample containing excited He ions and excited Li2+ ions respectively. Both the samples absorb the
radiations. (use hc = 12400 eVÅ)
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh ewy voLFkk dh ÅtkZ –13.6 eV gSA gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh ewy voLFkk okysa ,d izfrn'kZ ij
10.2 eV ÅtkZ dk QksVksu fxjk;k tkrk gSA mijksDr izfrn'kZ ls izkIr fofdj.k nks izfrn'kZ tks mÙksftr He vk;u
rFkk Li2+ vk;u j[krs gS] ij fxjk;k tkrk gSA nksuksa izfrn'kZ fofdj.kksa dks vo'kksf"kr djrs gSA (hc = 12400 eVÅ dk
mi;ksx djsA)
List-I List-II
(P) No. of spectral lines obtained in the Spectra of Li2 (1) 6
(Q) No. of spectral lines obtained in the Spectra of He (2) 15
(R) Smallest wavelength in spectra of He is (48.8)X Å then X (Approx.) (3) 5
is
(S)Smallest wavelength in spectra of Li2 is (10.4)Y Å then Y (4) 10
(Approx.) is
(P) Li2 ds LisDVªe esa izkIr LisDVªeh js[kkvksa dh la[;k (1) 6
(Q) He ds LisDVªe esa izkIr LisDVªeh js[kkvksa dh la[;k (2) 15
(R) He LisDVªe esa U;wure~ rjaxnS/;Z (48.8)X Å gS rc X (yxHkx) (3) 5
gksxkA
(S) Li2 LisDVªe esa U;wure~ rjaxnS/;Z (10.4)Y Å gS rc Y (yxHkx) (4) 10
gksxkA
Code :
P Q R S
(A) 3 1 1 4
(B) 2 1 1 2
(C*) 2 1 3 4
(D) 3 1 3 2
Ans. P2 ; Q1; R3 ; S4
Sol. for He+ absorption occur from level (2 4)
He+ ds fy, vo'kks"k.k Lrj (2 4) esa gksrk gSA
for Li2+ absorption occur from level (3 6)
Li2+ ds fy, vo'kks"k.k Lrj (3 6) esa gksrk gSA
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-13
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
25. A gas of hydrogen–like atoms has some atoms at ground level and the rest in an excited level A. These
atoms absorb monochromatic light of photon energy 22.95 eV, and subsequently emit radiation of six
different photon energies, some of them more than 22.95 eV and some less. Then, match the following
listings.
,d gkbMªkstu leku ijek.kq dh ,d xSl esa dqN ijek.kq ewy Lrj esa rFkk 'ks"k ijek.kq mÙksftr Lrj A esa gSA ;s
ijek.kq QksVkWu ÅtkZ 22.95 eV dk ,d o.khZ; çdk'k vo'kksf"kr djrs gS rFkk blds ckn fHkUu&fHkUu QksVkWu ÅtkZvksa
ds fofdj.k mRlftZr djrs gSA muesa ls dqN dh ÅtkZ 22.95 eV ls vf/kd gS rFkk dqN dh 22.95 eV ls de rks
fuEu lwph dks lqesfyr dhft,A
List– List –
(P) out of the initial two groups (ground state, and (1) 1
level A) how many absorbed the radiation of 22.95 eV ?
(Answer 1 if only one group absorbs, else 2)
(Q) principal quantum number of level A (2) 2
(R) principal quantum number of the level to which (3) 3
atoms are raised by the radiation
(S) the atomic number of the element (4) 4
lwph– lwph–
(P) çkjfEHkd nks lewgks esa ls (ewy voLFkk, rFkk (1) 1
Lrj A) fdruksa us 22.95 eV ÅtkZ ds fofdj.k vo'kksf"kr fd;s?
(mÙkj 1 ;fn dsoy ,d lewg vo'kksf"kr djrk gS vU;Fkk 2)
(Q) Lrj A dh eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k (2) 2
(R) Lrj dh eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k tgk¡ rd ijek.kq (3) 3
fofdj.k }kjk mÙksftr fd;k tk ldsA
(S) vo;o dh ijek.kq la[;k (4) 4
Code :
P Q R S
(A) 1 4 2 3
(B) 2 1 3 4
(C) 1 2 3 4
(D*) 1 2 4 3
Ans. (P) – 1 ; (Q) – 2 ; (R) – 4 ; (S) – 3.
n(n 1)
Sol. 6 lines = 6 n = 4 out of ground level and level A only one of them could have observed
2
monochromatic energy to go to n = 4. If it was ground state, emitted energy cannot be more than 22.95
eV (contrary to given data)
If nA was 3, emitted energy cannot be less than 22.95 eV (contrary to given data). Therefore n A = 2 and
1 1
raised to n = 4. Using 22.95 = 13.6 z2 z = 3.
4 16
n(n 1)
6 js[kk, = 6 ewy Loj esa ls n = 4 rFkk muesa ls dsoy Lrj A dks ewy Lrj esa ls izsf"kr dj ldrs gSA
2
,d o.khZ; izdk'k n = 4 rd tkrk gSA ;fn ;g ewy Lrj esa Fkk rks mRlftZr ÅtkZ 22.95 eV ls vf/kd ugh gks ldrh
;fn nA 3 Fkk rks mRlftZr ÅtkZ 22.95 eV ls de gks ldrh gS vr% nA = 2 rFkk n = 4. rd mÙksfrt gksrk gS
1 1
22.95 ds mi;ksx ls = 13.6 z2 z = 3.
4 16
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.) - 324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-14
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029